Pipeline mode in libpq lets an application avoid the Sync messages in
the FE/BE protocol that are implicit in the old libpq API after each
query. The application can then insert Sync at its leisure with a new
libpq function PQpipelineSync. This can lead to substantial reductions
in query latency.
Co-authored-by: Craig Ringer <craig.ringer@enterprisedb.com>
Co-authored-by: Matthieu Garrigues <matthieu.garrigues@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Aya Iwata <iwata.aya@jp.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Vérité <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: David G. Johnston <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison <k.jamison@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikhil Sontakke <nikhils@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Vaishnavi Prabakaran <VaishnaviP@fast.au.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YFUjJytRyV4J-16bEoiZyH=4nj+sQ7JP9ajwz=B4dMMZw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJkzx4T5E-2cQe3dtv2R78dYFvz+in8PY7A8MArvLhs_pg75gg@mail.gmail.com
It's hard to avoid the conclusion that there is something wrong with
setjmp/longjmp on MinGW-64, as we have seen failures come and go after
entirely-unrelated-looking changes in our own code. Other projects
such as Ruby have given up and started using gcc's setjmp/longjmp
builtins on that platform; this patch just follows that lead.
Note that this is a pretty fundamental ABI break for functions
containining either setjmp or longjmp, so we can't really consider
a back-patch.
Per reports from Regina Obe and Heath Lord, as well as recent failures
on buildfarm member walleye, and less-recent failures on fairywren.
Juan José Santamaría Flecha
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/000401d716a0$1ed0fc70$5c72f550$@pcorp.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+BEBhvHhM-Bn628pf-LsjqRh3Ang7qCSBG0Ga+7KwhGqrNUPw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f1caef93-9640-022e-9211-bbe8755a56b0@2ndQuadrant.com
SERIALIZABLE no longer inhibits parallelism, so we can drop some
outdated workarounds and comments from regression tests. The change
came in release 12, commit bb16aba5, but it's not really worth
back-patching.
Also fix a typo.
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJUaHeK%3DHLATxF1JOKDjKJVrBKA-zmbPAebOM0Se2FQRg%40mail.gmail.com
This commit changes WAL archiver process so that it's treated as
an auxiliary process and can use shared memory. This is an infrastructure
patch required for upcoming shared-memory based stats collector patch
series. These patch series basically need any processes including archiver
that can report the statistics to access to shared memory. Since this patch
itself is useful to simplify the code and when users monitor the status of
archiver, it's committed separately in advance.
This commit simplifies the code for WAL archiving. For example, previously
backends need to signal to archiver via postmaster when they notify
archiver that there are some WAL files to archive. On the other hand,
this commit removes that signal to postmaster and enables backends to
notify archier directly using shared latch.
Also, as the side of this change, the information about archiver process
becomes viewable at pg_stat_activity view.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera, Julien Rouhaud, Tomas Vondra, Arthur Zakirov, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180629.173418.190173462.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
Consistently set a flag variable that tracks whether the current heap
page has a dead item during lazy vacuum's heap scan. We missed the
common case where there is an preexisting (or even a new) LP_DEAD heap
line pointer.
Also make it clear that the variable might be affected by an existing
line pointer, say from an earlier opportunistic pruning operation. This
distinction is important because it's the main reason why we can't just
use the nearby tups_vacuumed variable instead.
No backpatch. In theory failing to set the page level flag variable had
no consequences. Currently it is only used to defensively check if a
page marked all visible has dead items, which should never happen anyway
(if it does then the table must be corrupt).
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Diagnosed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAtZb4+HJT_8RoOXvu4HM-Zd4HKS3YSMCH6+-W=bDyh-w@mail.gmail.com
It's not immediately obvious what you have to do to get "make
installcheck" to work here, so document that along the same lines
as we've used elsewhere.
It does not work on all versions of perl across all platforms.
To avoid endian-ness issues, pick a new value for column a
that has the same upper 4 bytes as lower 4 bytes. Try to
make it something that isn't likely to occur anywhere nearby
in the page.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/29DA079B-0658-4E66-BDAA-0EFD7B64D9C6@enterprisedb.com
Commit 05c8482f7f added special logic related to parallel-safety of FK
triggers. This is a bit of a hack and should have instead been done by
simply setting appropriate proparallel values on those trigger functions
themselves.
Suggested-by: Tom Lane
Author: Greg Nancarrow
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2309260.1615485644@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 24189277f6 managed to remove
one of the two places where we were checking for a "no such user"
error while leaving the other one right next to it. So remove that
too. In fact, remove the entire test, because the whole point of
this test was to see which message we got on a failure.
It's hard to believe, but buildfarm results from the new pg_amcheck
suggest that command_checks_all() perform shell expansion on some
machines but not others, apparently due to an underlying behavior
difference in IPC::Run. Let's see if we can work around that - and
confirm that it is the real problem - by passing '-S*' as a single
argument rather than '-S' and '*' as two separate ones.
Failures were observed on jacana and hoverfly.
Mark Dilger
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/9E76E46A-48B2-4869-BD0C-422204C1F767@enterprisedb.com
Test #12 overwrote a 1-byte varlena header to make it look like the
initial byte of a 4-byte varlena header, but the results were
endian-dependent. Also, the byte "abc" that followed the overwritten
byte would be interpreted differently depending on endian-ness.
Overwrite 4 bytes instead, in an endian-aware manner.
Test #13 accidentally managed to depend on TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE,
which varies slightly depending on MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF. That's not
the point anyway, so make the regexp insensitive to the expected
number of chunks.
Mark Dilger
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/A80D68F6-E38F-482D-9522-E2FB6AAFE8A1@enterprisedb.com
Simplify _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() functions's signature (it only needs
a single 'rel' argument now), and move it next to its sibling function
in nbtpage.c.
I believe that _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() was originally located in
nbtree.c due to an include dependency issue. That's no longer an issue.
Follow-up to commit 9f3665fb.
psql's editing commands decide whether the user has edited the file
by checking for change of modification timestamp. This is probably
fine for a pre-existing file, but with a temporary file that is
created within the command, it's possible for a fast typist to
save-and-exit in less than the one-second granularity of stat(2)
timestamps. On Windows FAT filesystems the granularity is even
worse, 2 seconds, making the race a bit easier to hit.
To fix, try to set the temp file's mod time to be two seconds ago.
It's unlikely this would fail, but then again the race condition
itself is unlikely, so just ignore any error.
Also, we might as well check the file size as well as its mod time.
While this is a difficult bug to hit, it still seems worth
back-patching, to ensure that users' edits aren't lost.
Laurenz Albe, per gripe from Jacob Champion; based on fix suggestions
from Jacob and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0ba3f2a658bac6546d9934ab6ba63a805d46a49b.camel@cybertec.at
GENERATED ALWAYS AS IDENTITY implies NOT NULL, but the code failed
to complain if you overrode that with "GENERATED ALWAYS AS IDENTITY
NULL". One might think the old behavior was a feature, but it was
inconsistent because the outcome varied depending on the order of
the clauses, so it seems to have been just an oversight.
Per bug #16913 from Pavel Boev. Back-patch to v10 where identity
columns were introduced.
Vik Fearing (minor tweaks by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16913-3b5198410f67d8c6@postgresql.org
The commit added code which used a relcache TriggerDesc field across
another cache access, which it shouldn't because the relcache doesn't
guarantee it won't get moved.
Diagnosed-by: Tom Lane
Author: Greg Nancarrow
Reviewed-by: Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2309260.1615485644@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since commits 9f095299 and f98b8476 we don't poll the postmaster
pipe at all during crash recovery on Linux and FreeBSD, but on other
operating systems we were still doing it for every WAL record. Do it
less frequently on operating systems where system calls are required, at
the cost of delaying exit a bit after postmaster death. This avoids
expensive system calls reported to slow down CPU-bound recovery by as
much as 10-30%.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK1607VmtrDUHQXrsooU%3Dap4g4R2yaoByWOOA3m8xevUQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7261eb39-0369-f2f4-1bb5-62f3b6083b5e@iki.fi
When shutdown is requested, checkpointer performs checkpoint or
restartpoint, and updates the statistics, before it exits. But previously
checkpointer didn't send those statistics to the stats collector.
Shutdown checkpoint and restartpoint are treated as requested ones
instead of scheduled ones, so the number of them are counted in
pg_stat_bgwriter.checkpoints_req column.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0509ad67b585a5b86a83d445dfa75392@oss.nttdata.com
In walwriter's main loop, WAL stats message is only sent if enough time
has passed since last one was sent to reach PGSTAT_STAT_INTERVAL msecs.
This is necessary to avoid overloading to the stats collector. But this
can cause recent WAL stats to be unsent when walwriter exits.
To ensure that all the WAL stats are sent, this commit makes walwriter
force to send remaining WAL stats to the collector when it exits because
of shutdown request. Note that those remaining WAL stats can still be
unsent when walwriter exits with non-zero exit code (e.g., FATAL error).
This is OK because that walwriter exit leads to server crash and
subsequent recovery discards all the stats. So there is no need to send
remaining stats in that case.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0509ad67b585a5b86a83d445dfa75392@oss.nttdata.com
Avoid calling RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() unnecessarily in the common
case where there are no deleted but not yet recycled pages to recycle
during a cleanup-only nbtree VACUUM operation.
Follow-up to commit e5d8a999, which (among other things) taught the
"skip full scan" nbtree VACUUM mechanism to only trigger a full index
scan when the absolute number of deleted pages in the index is
considered excessive.
Commit 9f3665fb removed the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor storage
parameter. However, that creates dump/reload hazards when moving across
major versions.
Add back the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor parameter (though not the
GUC of the same name) purely to avoid problems when using tools like
pg_upgrade. The parameter remains disabled and undocumented.
No backpatch to Postgres 13, since vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor was
only disabled by REL_13_STABLE's version of master branch commit
9f3665fb in the first place -- the parameter already looks like this on
REL_13_STABLE.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YEm/a3Ko3nKnBuVq@paquier.xyz
Previously, the code and documentation seem to have essentially
assumed than a call to pg_wal_replay_pause() would take place
immediately, but that's not the case, because we only check for a
pause in certain places. This means that a tool that uses this
function and then wants to do something else afterward that is
dependent on the pause having taken effect doesn't know how long it
needs to wait to be sure that no more WAL is going to be replayed.
To avoid that, add a new function pg_get_wal_replay_pause_state()
which returns either 'not paused', 'paused requested', or 'paused'.
After calling pg_wal_replay_pause() the status will immediate change
from 'not paused' to 'pause requested'; when the startup process
has noticed this, the status will change to 'pause'. For backward
compatibility, pg_is_wal_replay_paused() still exists and returns
the same thing as before: true if a pause has been requested,
whether or not it has taken effect yet; and false if not.
The documentation is updated to clarify.
To improve the changes that a pause request is quickly confirmed
effective, adjust things so that WaitForWALToBecomeAvailable will
swiftly reach a call to recoveryPausesHere() when a pause request
is made.
Dilip Kumar, reviewed by Simon Riggs, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Yugo Nagata,
Masahiko Sawada, and Bharath Rupireddy.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-vcLLWEm8Zr%3DYK83rgYrT9pbC8VJCfa1kY9vL3AUPfu6g%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 92785dac2 copied some logic related to advancement of inStart
from pqParseInput3 into getRowDescriptions and getAnotherTuple,
because it wanted to allow user-defined row processor callbacks to
potentially longjmp out of the library, and inStart would have to be
updated before that happened to avoid an infinite loop. We later
decided that that API was impossibly fragile and reverted it, but
we didn't undo all of the related code changes, and this bit of
messiness survived. Undo it now so that there's just one place in
pqParseInput3's processing where inStart is advanced; this will
simplify addition of better tracing support.
getParamDescriptions had grown similar processing somewhere along
the way (not in 92785dac2; I didn't track down just when), but it's
actually buggy because its handling of corrupt-message cases seems to
have been copied from the v2 logic where we lacked a known message
length. The cases where we "goto not_enough_data" should not simply
return EOF, because then we won't consume the message, potentially
creating an infinite loop. That situation now represents a
definitively corrupt message, and we should report it as such.
Although no field reports of getParamDescriptions getting stuck in
a loop have been seen, it seems appropriate to back-patch that fix.
I chose to back-patch all of this to keep the logic looking more alike
in supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2217283.1615411989@sss.pgh.pa.us
Create a wrapper object, ParallelSlotArray, to encapsulate the
number of slots and the slot array itself, plus some other relevant
bits of information. This reduces the number of parameters we have
to pass around all over the place.
Allow for a ParallelSlotArray to contain slots connected to
different databases within a single cluster. The current clients
of this mechanism don't need this, but it is expected to be used
by future patches.
Defer connecting to databases until we actually need the connection
for something. This is a slight behavior change for vacuumdb and
reindexdb. If you specify a number of jobs that is larger than the
number of objects, the extra connections will now not be used.
But, on the other hand, if you specify a number of jobs that is
so large that it's going to fail, the failure would previously have
happened before any operations were actually started, and now it
won't.
Mark Dilger, reviewed by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/12ED3DA8-25F0-4B68-937D-D907CFBF08E7@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/BA592F2D-F928-46FF-9516-2B827F067F57@enterprisedb.com
Based on an analysis of the OpenSSL code with Jacob, moving to EVP for
the cryptohash computations makes necessary the setup of the libcrypto
callbacks that were getting set only for SSL connections, but not for
connections without SSL. Not setting the callbacks makes the use of
threads potentially unsafe for connections calling cryptohashes during
authentication, like MD5 or SCRAM, if a failure happens during a
cryptohash computation. The logic setting the libssl and libcrypto
states is then split into two parts, both using the same locking, with
libcrypto being set up for SSL and non-SSL connections, while SSL
connections set any libssl state afterwards as needed.
Prior to this commit, only SSL connections would have set libcrypto
callbacks that are necessary to ensure a proper thread locking when
using multiple concurrent threads in libpq (ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY). Note
that this is only required for OpenSSL 1.0.2 and 1.0.1 (oldest version
supported on HEAD), as 1.1.0 has its own internal locking and it has
dropped support for CRYPTO_set_locking_callback().
Tests with up to 300 threads with OpenSSL 1.0.1 and 1.0.2, mixing SSL
and non-SSL connection threads did not show any performance impact after
some micro-benchmarking. pgbench can be used here with -C and a
mostly-empty script (with one \set meta-command for example) to stress
authentication requests, and we have mixed that with some custom
programs for testing.
Reported-by: Jacob Champion
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fd3ba610085f1ff54623478cf2f7adf5af193cbb.camel@vmware.com
vacuumlazy.c sometimes fails to update pg_class entries for each index
(to ensure that pg_class.reltuples is current), even though analyze.c
assumed that that must have happened during VACUUM ANALYZE. There are
at least a couple of reasons for this. For example, vacuumlazy.c could
fail to update pg_class when the index AM indicated that its statistics
are merely an estimate, per the contract for amvacuumcleanup() routines
established by commit e57345975c back in 2006.
Stop assuming that pg_class must have been updated with accurate
statistics within VACUUM ANALYZE -- update pg_class for indexes at the
same time as the table relation in all cases. That way VACUUM ANALYZE
will never fail to keep pg_class.reltuples reasonably accurate.
The only downside of this approach (compared to the old approach) is
that it might inaccurately set pg_class.reltuples for indexes whose heap
relation ends up with the same inaccurate value anyway. This doesn't
seem too bad. We already consistently called vac_update_relstats() (to
update pg_class) for the heap/table relation twice during any VACUUM
ANALYZE -- once in vacuumlazy.c, and once in analyze.c. We now make
sure that we call vac_update_relstats() at least once (though often
twice) for each index.
This is follow up work to commit 9f3665fb, which dealt with issues in
btvacuumcleanup(). Technically this fixes an unrelated issue, though.
btvacuumcleanup() no longer provides an accurate num_index_tuples value
following commit 9f3665fb (when there was no btbulkdelete() call during
the VACUUM operation in question), but hashvacuumcleanup() has worked in
the same way for many years now.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzknxdComjhqo4SUxVFk_Q1171GJO2ZgHZ1Y6pion6u8rA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, just like commit 9f3665fb.
Remove the entire idea of "stale stats" within nbtree VACUUM (stop
caring about stats involving the number of inserted tuples). Also
remove the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC/param on the master
branch (though just disable them on postgres 13).
The vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor/stats interface made the nbtree AM
partially responsible for deciding when pg_class.reltuples stats needed
to be updated. This seems contrary to the spirit of the index AM API,
though -- it is not actually necessary for an index AM's bulk delete and
cleanup callbacks to provide accurate stats when it happens to be
inconvenient. The core code owns that. (Index AMs have the authority
to perform or not perform certain kinds of deferred cleanup based on
their own considerations, such as page deletion and recycling, but that
has little to do with pg_class.reltuples/num_index_tuples.)
This issue was fairly harmless until the introduction of the
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold feature by commit b07642db, which had
an undesirable interaction with the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor
mechanism: it made insert-driven autovacuums perform full index scans,
even though there is no real benefit to doing so. This has been tied to
a regression with an append-only insert benchmark [1].
Also have remaining cases that perform a full scan of an index during a
cleanup-only nbtree VACUUM indicate that the final tuple count is only
an estimate. This prevents vacuumlazy.c from setting the index's
pg_class.reltuples in those cases (it will now only update pg_class when
vacuumlazy.c had TIDs for nbtree to bulk delete). This arguably fixes
an oversight in deduplication-related bugfix commit 48e12913.
[1] https://smalldatum.blogspot.com/2021/01/insert-benchmark-postgres-is-still.html
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoA4WHthN5uU6+WScZ7+J_RcEjmcuH94qcoUPuB42ShXzg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold was added.
1. Backends waiting for buffer I/O are now interruptible.
2. If something goes wrong in a backend that is currently performing
I/O, waiting backends no longer wake up until that backend reaches
AbortBufferIO() and broadcasts on the CV. Previously, any waiters would
wake up (because the I/O lock was automatically released) and then
busy-loop until AbortBufferIO() cleared BM_IO_IN_PROGRESS.
3. LWLockMinimallyPadded is removed, as it would now be unused.
Author: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (earlier version, 2016)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ8nBFrjLuCTuqKN0pd2PQOwj9b_jnsiGFFMDvUxahj_A%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoaj2aPti0yho7FeEf2qt-JgQPRWb0gci_o1Hfr=C56Xng@mail.gmail.com
When a foreign key constraint is applied to a partitioned table, each
leaf partition inherits a similar FK constraint. We were processing all
of those constraints independently, meaning that in large partitioning
trees we'd build up large collections of cached FK-checking query plans.
However, in all cases but one, the generated queries are actually
identical for all members of the inheritance tree (because, in most
cases, the query only mentions the topmost table of the other side of
the FK relationship). So we can share a single cached plan among all
the partitions, saving memory, not to mention time to build and maintain
the cached plans.
Keisuke Kuroda and Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cab4b85d-9292-967d-adf2-be0d803c3e23@nttcom.co.jp_1
In the current lazy vacuum implementation, some index AMs such as
btree indexes call lazy_tid_reaped() for each index tuple during
ambulkdelete to check if the index tuple points to the (collected)
garbage tuple. In that function, we simply call bsearch(), but we
should be able to know the result without bsearch() if the index tuple
points to the heap tuple that is out of range of the collected garbage
tuples. Therefore, add a simple bound check before resorting to
bsearch(). Testing has shown that this can give significant
performance benefits.
Author: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+fd4k76j8jKzJzcx8UqEugvayaMSnQz0iLUt_XgBp-_-bd22A@mail.gmail.com
Commit 547f04e7 produced errors on AIX/xlc while building plpython. The
new code appears to be incompatible with the hack installed by commit
a11cf433. Without access to an AIX system to check, my guess is that
_POSIX_C_SOURCE may be required for <time.h> to declare the things the
header needs to see, but plpython.h undefines it.
For now, to unbreak build farm animal hoverfly, just move the new
pg_time_usec_t support into pgbench.c. Perhaps later we could figure
out what to rearrange to put it back into a header for wider use.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BP%2BjcD%3Dx9%2BagyTdWtjpOT64MYiGic%2Bcbu_TD8CV%3D6A3w%40mail.gmail.com
1. pg_time_usec_t needs to be printed with INT64_FORMAT, not %ld, or 32
bit systems complain, per lapwing.
2. Some Windows compilers didn't like a thread function not marked with
__stdcall, per whelk; let's see if this fixes the problem.
Moving this logic into pg_regress fixes a potential failure with
parallel tests when pg_upgrade and the main regression test suite both
trigger the makefile rule that cleaned up testtablespace/ under
src/test/regress. Even if pg_upgrade was triggering this rule, it has
no need to do so as it uses a different tablespace path. So if
pg_upgrade triggered the makefile rule for the tablespace setup while
the main regression test suite ran the tablespace cases, it would fail.
61be85a was a similar attempt at achieving that, but that broke cases
where the regression tests require to run under an Administrator
account, like with Appveyor.
Reported-by: Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201209012911.uk4d6nxcnkp7ehrx@alap3.anarazel.de
Wait until all pgbench threads are connected before benchmarking begins.
This fixes a problem where some connections could take a very long time
to be established because of lock contention from earlier connections,
making results unstable and bogus with high connection counts.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Reviewed-by: Marina Polyakova <m.polyakova@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200227180100.zyvjwzcpiokfsqm2%40alap3.anarazel.de
Instead of instr_time (struct timespec) and the INSTR_XXX macros,
introduce pg_time_usec_t and use integer arithmetic. Don't include the
connection time in TPS unless using -C mode, but report it separately.
Author: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200227180100.zyvjwzcpiokfsqm2%40alap3.anarazel.de
Instead of maintaining an incomplete emulation of POSIX threads for
Windows, let's use an extremely minimalist macro-based abstraction for
now. A later patch will extend this, without the need to supply more
complicated pthread emulation code. (There may be a need for a more
serious portable thread abstraction in later projects, but this is not
it.)
Minor incidental problems fixed: it wasn't OK to use (pthread_t) 0 as a
special value, it wasn't OK to compare thread_t values with ==, and we
incorrectly assumed that pthread functions set errno.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200227180100.zyvjwzcpiokfsqm2%40alap3.anarazel.de
Initialize other newly added variables in max_parallel_hazard_context via
is_parallel_safe() because we don't check the parallel-safety of target
relations in that function.
Reported-by: Tom Lane as per buildfarm
Author: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2060179.1615347455@sss.pgh.pa.us
Parallel SELECT can't be utilized for INSERT in the following cases:
- INSERT statement uses the ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE clause
- Target table has a parallel-unsafe: trigger, index expression or
predicate, column default expression or check constraint
- Target table has a parallel-unsafe domain constraint on any column
- Target table is a partitioned table with a parallel-unsafe partition key
expression or support function
The planner is updated to perform additional parallel-safety checks for
the cases listed above, for determining whether it is safe to run INSERT
in parallel-mode with an underlying parallel SELECT. The planner will
consider using parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...", provided
nothing unsafe is found from the additional parallel-safety checks, or
from the existing parallel-safety checks for SELECT.
While checking parallel-safety, we need to check it for all the partitions
on the table which can be costly especially when we decide not to use a
parallel plan. So, in a separate patch, we will introduce a GUC and or a
reloption to enable/disable parallelism for Insert statements.
Prior to entering parallel-mode for the execution of INSERT with parallel
SELECT, a TransactionId is acquired and assigned to the current
transaction state. This is necessary to prevent the INSERT from attempting
to assign the TransactionId whilst in parallel-mode, which is not allowed.
This approach has a disadvantage in that if the underlying SELECT does not
return any rows, then the TransactionId is not used, however that
shouldn't happen in practice in many cases.
Author: Greg Nancarrow, Amit Langote, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Hou Zhijie, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Antonin Houska, Bharath Rupireddy, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Zhihong Yu, Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Tang, Haiying
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cXnB5cnMKqWEp2E2z7Mvcd04iLVmV=qpFJrR3AcrTS3g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-fAdj=nDKMsRhQzndm-O13NY4dL6xGcEvdX5Xvbbi0V7g@mail.gmail.com
This partially reverts 096bbf7 and 9d2d457, undoing the libpq changes as
it could cause breakages in distributions that share one single libpq
version across multiple major versions of Postgres for extensions and
applications linking to that.
Note that the backend is unchanged here, and it still disables SSL
compression while simplifying the underlying catalogs that tracked if
compression was enabled or not for a SSL connection.
Per discussion with Tom Lane and Daniel Gustafsson.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YEbq15JKJwIX+S6m@paquier.xyz
The authtype parameter was deprecated and made inactive in commit
d5bbe2aca5, but the environment variable was left defined and thus
tested with a getenv call even though the value is of no use. Also,
if it would exist it would be copied but never freed as the cleanup
code had been removed.
tty was deprecated in commit cb7fb3ca95 but most of the
infrastructure around it remained in place.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DDDF36F3-582A-4C02-8598-9B464CC42B34@yesql.se
Per buildfarm member crake, any servers including a postgres_fdw server
with this option set would fail to do a pg_upgrade properly as the
option got hidden in f9264d1 by becoming a debug option, making the
restore of the FDW server fail.
This changes back the option in libpq to be visible, but still inactive
to fix this upgrade issue.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YEbq15JKJwIX+S6m@paquier.xyz
This commit adds new GUC track_wal_io_timing. When this is enabled,
the total amounts of time XLogWrite writes and issue_xlog_fsync syncs
WAL data to disk are counted in pg_stat_wal. This information would be
useful to check how much WAL write and sync affect the performance.
Enabling track_wal_io_timing will make the server query the operating
system for the current time every time WAL is written or synced,
which may cause significant overhead on some platforms. To avoid such
additional overhead in the server with track_io_timing enabled,
this commit introduces track_wal_io_timing as a separate parameter from
track_io_timing.
Note that WAL write and sync activity by walreceiver has not been tracked yet.
This commit makes the server also track the numbers of times XLogWrite
writes and issue_xlog_fsync syncs WAL data to disk, in pg_stat_wal,
regardless of the setting of track_wal_io_timing. This counters can be
used to calculate the WAL write and sync time per request, for example.
Bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-By: Japin Li, Hayato Kuroda, Masahiko Sawada, David Johnston, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0509ad67b585a5b86a83d445dfa75392@oss.nttdata.com
The command (TO or FROM), its type (file, pipe, program or callback),
and the number of tuples excluded by a WHERE clause in COPY FROM are
added to the progress reporting already available.
The column "lines_processed" is renamed to "tuples_processed" to
disambiguate the meaning of this column in the cases of CSV and BINARY
COPY and to be more consistent with the other catalog progress views.
Bump catalog version, again.
Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby, Bharath Rupireddy, Josef
Šimánek, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WiOcgdH4aQA8NtZq-4dgvnJzp8PohdeKchPkhMY-jWZXA@mail.gmail.com
PostgreSQL disabled compression as of e3bdb2d and the documentation
recommends against using it since. Additionally, SSL compression has
been disabled in OpenSSL since version 1.1.0, and was disabled in many
distributions long before that. The most recent TLS version, TLSv1.3,
disallows compression at the protocol level.
This commit removes the feature itself, removing support for the libpq
parameter sslcompression (parameter still listed for compatibility
reasons with existing connection strings, just ignored), and removes
the equivalent field in pg_stat_ssl and de facto PgBackendSSLStatus.
Note that, on top of removing the ability to activate compression by
configuration, compression is actively disabled in both frontend and
backend to avoid overrides from local configurations.
A TAP test is added for deprecated SSL parameters to check after
backwards compatibility.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Magnus Hagander, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7E384D48-11C5-441B-9EC3-F7DB1F8518F6@yesql.se
Throw a "function protocol violation" error if a function in FROM
tries to return a set though it wasn't marked proretset. Although
such cases work at the moment, it doesn't seem like something we
want to guarantee will keep working. Besides, there are other
negative consequences of not setting the proretset flag, such as
potentially bad plans.
No back-patch, since if there is any third-party code violating
this expectation, people wouldn't appreciate us breaking it in
a minor release.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1636062.1615141782@sss.pgh.pa.us
The initial catalog data for this function failed to set proretset
or provide a prorows estimate. It accidentally worked anyway when
invoked in the FROM clause, because the executor isn't too picky
about this; but the planner didn't expect the function to return
multiple rows, which could lead to bad plans. Also the function
would fail if invoked in the SELECT list.
We can't easily back-patch this fix, but fortunately the bug's
consequences aren't awful in most cases. Getting this right is
mainly an exercise in future-proofing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1636062.1615141782@sss.pgh.pa.us
"SELECT pg_import_system_collations(0)" caused an assertion failure.
With a random nonzero argument --- or indeed with zero, in non-assert
builds --- it would happily make pg_collation entries with garbage
values of collnamespace. These are harmless as far as I can tell
(unless maybe the OID happens to become used for a schema, later on?).
In any case this isn't a security issue, since the function is
superuser-only. But it seems like a gotcha for unwary DBAs, so let's
add a check that the given OID belongs to some schema.
Back-patch to v10 where this function was introduced.
Coverity is still unhappy after commit 190c79884, and after looking
closer I think it might be onto something. The callers of newdfa()
typically drop out if v->err has been set nonzero, which newdfa()
is faithfully doing if it fails. However, what if v->err was already
nonzero before we entered newdfa()? Then newdfa() could succeed and
the caller would promptly leak its result.
I don't think this scenario can actually happen, but the predicate
"v->err is always zero when newdfa() is called" seems difficult to be
entirely sure of; there's a good deal of code that potentially could
get that wrong.
It seems better to adjust the callers to directly check for a null
result instead of relying on ISERR() tests. This is slightly cheaper
than the previous coding anyway.
Lacking evidence that there's any real bug, no back-patch.
Commit 1eb6d6527a allowed to track replica origin replay progress for 2PC
but it was not complete. It misses to properly track the progress for
rollback prepared especially it missed updating the code for recovery.
Additionally, we need to allow tracking it on subscriber nodes where
wal_level might not be logical.
It is required to track decoding of 2PC which is committed in PG14
(a271a1b50e) and also nobody complained about this till now so not
backpatching it.
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1L-kHmMnSdrRW6UhRbCjR7cgh04c+6psY15qzT6ktcd+g@mail.gmail.com
Using pgbench in an environment with both PGPORT and PGUSER set would
have caused the generation of a debug log with an incorrect database
name due to an oversight in 412893b. Not specifying user, port and/or
database using the option switches, without their respective environment
variables, generated a log entry with empty strings, which was
rather useless.
This commit fixes this set of issues by simplifying the logic grabbing
the connection information, removing a set of getenv() calls that
emulated what libpq already does. The faulty debug log now directly
uses the information from the libpq connection, and it gets generated
after the connection to the backend is completed, not before it (in the
event of a failure libpq would complain with more information about the
connection attempt so the log is not really useful before anyway).
Author: Kota Miyake
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/026b3ae6fc339a18394d053c32a4463d@oss.nttdata.com
These can be set in buildenv.pl or a "set" command within a Windows
terminal. The MSVC script vcregress.pl parses the values available in
the environment to build the resulting prove commands, and the parsing
of PROVE_TESTS is able to handle name patterns in the same way as other
platforms.
Not specifying those environment values makes vcregress.pl fall back to
the previous default, with no extra flags for the prove command, and all
the tests run within t/.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Juan José Santamaría Flecha, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YD9GigwHoL6lFY2y@paquier.xyz
Under windows, psql processes need to be ended explicitly, or the TAP
tests hang. However, the recovery tests were doing this via
IPC::Run::kill_kill(), which causes other major problems on Windows.
We solve this by instead sending '\q' to psql so it quits of its own
accord, and then simply waiting for it. This means we can now run almost
all the recovery tests on all Windows platforms.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210301200715.tdjpuesfzebpffgn@alap3.anarazel.de
Protocol version 3 was introduced in PostgreSQL 7.4. There shouldn't be
many clients or servers left out there without version 3 support. But as
a courtesy, I kept just enough of the old protocol support that we can
still send the "unsupported protocol version" error in v2 format, so that
old clients can display the message properly. Likewise, libpq still
understands v2 ErrorResponse messages when establishing a connection.
The impetus to do this now is that I'm working on a patch to COPY
FROM, to always prefetch some data. We cannot do that safely with the
old protocol, because it requires parsing the input one byte at a time
to detect the end-of-copy marker.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera, John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/9ec25819-0a8a-d51a-17dc-4150bb3cca3b%40iki.fi
Feed the desired command to psql via "-c" not stdin, else Perl
may complain that it can't push stdin to an already-failed psql
process, as seen in intermittent buildfarm failures.
Make some minor cosmetic improvements while at it.
Before commit ee28cacf6 we had no tests here that expected failure
to connect, so there seems no need for a back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2mo8YED=M2ZJKGf1U3F3mw6SaQuLXWCK8rZP6sECYcrA@mail.gmail.com
This expands the binary validation in pg_upgrade with a version
check per binary to ensure that the target cluster installation
only contains binaries from the target version.
In order to reduce duplication, validate_exec is exported from
port.h and the local copy in pg_upgrade is removed.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9328.1552952117@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 0aa8a01d04 extends the output plugin API to allow decoding of
prepared xacts and allowed the user to enable/disable the two-phase option
via pg_logical_slot_get_changes(). This can lead to a problem such that
the first time when it gets changes via pg_logical_slot_get_changes()
without two_phase option enabled it will not get the prepared even though
prepare is after consistent snapshot. Now next time during getting changes,
if the two_phase option is enabled it can skip prepare because by that
time start decoding point has been moved. So the user will only get commit
prepared.
Allow to enable/disable this option at the create slot time and default
will be false. It will break the existing slots which is fine in a major
release.
Author: Ajin Cherian
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d0f60d60-133d-bf8d-bd70-47784d8fabf3@enterprisedb.com
In addition to the existing options of "any" and "read-write", we
now support "read-only", "primary", "standby", and "prefer-standby".
"read-write" retains its previous meaning of "transactions are
read-write by default", and "read-only" inverts that. The other
three modes test specifically for hot-standby status, which is not
quite the same thing. (Setting default_transaction_read_only on
a primary server renders it read-only to this logic, but not a
standby.)
Furthermore, if talking to a v14 or later server, no extra network
round trip is needed to detect the session's status; the GUC_REPORT
variables delivered by the server are enough. When talking to an
older server, a SHOW or SELECT query is issued to detect session
read-only-ness or server hot-standby state, as needed.
Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Vignesh C, Tom Lane; reviewed at
various times by Laurenz Albe, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Peter Smith.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF3+xM+8-ztOkaV9gHiJ3wfgENTq97QcjXQt+rbFQ6F7oNzt9A@mail.gmail.com
This option provides REINDEX (TABLESPACE) for reindexdb, applying the
tablespace value given by the caller to all the REINDEX queries
generated.
While on it, this commit adds some tests for REINDEX TABLESPACE, with
and without CONCURRENTLY, when run on toast indexes and tables. Such
operations are not allowed, and toast relation names are not stable
enough to be part of the main regression test suite (even if using a PL
function with a TRY/CATCH logic, as CONCURRENTLY could not be tested).
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YDiaDMnzLICqeukl@paquier.xyz
Adjust some "can't happen" error messages that assumed that the page
deletion target page must be a half-dead page. This assumption was
wrong in the case of an internal target page. Simply refer to these
pages as the target page instead.
Internal pages are never marked half-dead. There is exactly one
half-dead page for each subtree undergoing deletion. The half-dead page
is also the target subtree's leaf-level page. This has been the case
since commit efada2b8, which totally overhauled nbtree page deletion.
This allows clients to find out the setting at connection time without
having to expend a query round trip to do so; which is helpful when
trying to identify read/write servers. (One must also look at
in_hot_standby, but that's already GUC_REPORT, cf bf8a662c9.)
Modifying libpq to make use of this will come soon, but I felt it
cleaner to push the server change separately.
Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Vignesh C; reviewed at various times
by Laurenz Albe, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Peter Smith.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF3+xM+8-ztOkaV9gHiJ3wfgENTq97QcjXQt+rbFQ6F7oNzt9A@mail.gmail.com
On Windows, CMD.EXE allegedly does not run a command that uses forward slashes,
so let's convert the path to use backslashes instead.
Backpatch to 10.
Author: Nitin Jadhav <nitinjadhavpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Juan José Santamaría Flecha <juanjo.santamaria@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWaNDuaPYFYMAqDeJrZmPtNvLcJRS++CcZWY8LT6KcoBZw@mail.gmail.com
This extends the changes made in commit cebc1d34e, teaching
parseqatom() to generate fewer or cheaper subre nodes in some edge
cases. The case of interest here is a quantified atom that is "messy"
only because it has greediness opposite to what preceded it (whereas
captures and backrefs are intrinsically messy). In this case we don't
need an iteration node, since we don't care where the sub-matches of
the quantifier are; and we might also not need a second concatenation
node. This seems of only marginal real-world use according to my
testing, but I wanted to get it in before wrapping up this series of
regex performance fixes.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
In some cases, at the time that we're doing an NFA-based precheck
of whether a backref subexpression can match at a particular place
in the string, we already know which substring the referenced
subexpression matched. If so, we might as well forget about the NFA
and just compare the substring; this is faster and it gives an exact
rather than approximate answer.
In general, this optimization can help while we are prechecking within
the second child expression of a concat node, while the capture was
within the first child expression; then the substring was saved during
cdissect() of the first child and will be available to NFA checks done
while cdissect() recurses into the second child. It can help quite a
lot if the tree looks like
concat
/ \
capture concat
/ \
expensive stuff backref
as we will be able to avoid recursively dissecting the "expensive
stuff" before discovering that the backref isn't satisfied with a
particular midpoint that the lower concat node is testing. This
doesn't help if the concat tree is left-deep, as the capture node
won't get set soon enough (and it's hard to fix that without changing
the engine's match behavior). Fortunately, right-deep concat trees
are the common case.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/661609.1614560029@sss.pgh.pa.us
POSIX defines the behavior of back-references thus:
The back-reference expression '\n' shall match the same (possibly
empty) string of characters as was matched by a subexpression
enclosed between "\(" and "\)" preceding the '\n'.
As far as I can see, the back-reference is supposed to consider only
the data characters matched by the referenced subexpression. However,
because our engine copies the NFA constructed from the referenced
subexpression, it effectively enforces any constraints therein, too.
As an example, '(^.)\1' ought to match 'xx', or any other string
starting with two occurrences of the same character; but in our code
it does not, and indeed can't match anything, because the '^' anchor
constraint is included in the backref's copied NFA. If POSIX intended
that, you'd think they'd mention it. Perl for one doesn't act that
way, so it's hard to conclude that this isn't a bug.
Fix by modifying the backref's NFA immediately after it's copied from
the reference, replacing all constraint arcs by EMPTY arcs so that the
constraints are treated as automatically satisfied. This still allows
us to enforce matching rules that depend only on the data characters;
for example, in '(^\d+).*\1' the NFA matching step will still know
that the backref can only match strings of digits.
Perhaps surprisingly, this change does not affect the results of any
of a rather large corpus of real-world regexes. Nonetheless, I would
not consider back-patching it, since it's a clear compatibility break.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/661609.1614560029@sss.pgh.pa.us
The same test for REINDEX (VERBOSE) was done twice, while it is clear
that the second test should use --concurrently. Issue introduced in
5dc92b8, for what looks like a copy-paste mistake.
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/A7AE97EA-F4B0-4CAB-8FFF-3FECD31F9D63@enterprisedb.com
Backpatch-through: 12
The same code pattern was repeated twice to enable or disable ROW LEVEL
SECURITY with an ALTER TABLE command. This makes the code slightly
cleaner.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210228211854.GC20769@telsasoft.com
Point to the specific line where the error was detected; the
previous code tended to include several preceding lines as well.
Avoid re-scanning the entire input to recompute which line that
was. Simplify the logic a bit. Add test cases.
Simon Riggs and Hamid Akhtar, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANbhV-EPBnXm3MF_TTWBwwqgn1a1Ghmep9VHfqmNBQ8BT0f+_g@mail.gmail.com
The psql processes were not explicitly killed (but would eventually
exit due postgres shutting down). For some reason windows perl doesn't
like that, resulting in errors like
Warning: unable to close filehandle GEN20 properly: Bad file descriptor during global destruction.
The test was introduced in d6734a897e3, so no backpatching necessary.
In commit a271a1b50e, we allowed decoding at prepare time and the prepare
was decoded again if there is a restart after decoding it. It was done
that way because we can't distinguish between the cases where we have not
decoded the prepare because it was prior to consistent snapshot or we have
decoded it earlier but restarted. To distinguish between these two cases,
we have introduced an initial_consistent_point at the slot level which is
an LSN at which we found a consistent point at the time of slot creation.
This is also the point where we have exported a snapshot for the initial
copy. So, prepare transaction prior to this point are sent along with
commit prepared.
This commit bumps SNAPBUILD_VERSION because of change in SnapBuild. It
will break existing slots which is fine in a major release.
Author: Ajin Cherian, based on idea by Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d0f60d60-133d-bf8d-bd70-47784d8fabf3@enterprisedb.com
This avoids the need to set up and tear down a fresh WaitEventSet every
time we need need to wait. We have to add an explicit exit on
postmaster exit (FeBeWaitSet isn't set up to do that automatically), so
move the code to do that into a new function to avoid repetition.
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> (earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJAC4Oqao%3DqforhNey20J8CiG2R%3DoBPqvfR0vOJrFysGw%40mail.gmail.com
Commit a271a1b50e introduced decoding at prepare time in ReorderBuffer.
This can lead to deadlock for out-of-core logical replication solutions
that uses this feature to build distributed 2PC in case such transactions
lock [user] catalog tables exclusively. They need to inform users to not
have locks on catalog tables (via explicit LOCK command) in such
transactions.
Reported-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210222222847.tpnb6eg3yiykzpky@alap3.anarazel.de
Cut down on system calls and other overheads by waiting for SIGURG
explicitly with kqueue instead of using a signal handler and self-pipe.
Affects *BSD and macOS systems.
This leaves only the poll implementation with a signal handler and the
traditional self-pipe trick.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJjxPDpzBE0a3hyUywBvaZuC89yx3jK9RFZgfv_KHU7gg@mail.gmail.com
Cut down on system calls and other overheads by reading from a signalfd
instead of using a signal handler and self-pipe. Affects Linux sytems,
and possibly others including illumos that implement the Linux epoll and
signalfd interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJjxPDpzBE0a3hyUywBvaZuC89yx3jK9RFZgfv_KHU7gg@mail.gmail.com
Traditionally, SIGUSR1 has been overloaded for ad-hoc signals,
procsignal.c signals and latch.c wakeups. Move that last use over to a
new dedicated signal. SIGURG is normally used to report out-of-band
socket data, but PostgreSQL doesn't use that facility.
The signal handler is now installed in all postmaster children by
InitializeLatchSupport(). Those wishing to disconnect from it should
call ShutdownLatchSupport().
Future patches will use this separation of signals to avoid the need for
a signal handler on some operating systems.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJjxPDpzBE0a3hyUywBvaZuC89yx3jK9RFZgfv_KHU7gg@mail.gmail.com
Commit 82ebbeb0 added a workaround for systems with no epoll_create1()
and EPOLL_CLOEXEC. Linux < 2.6.27 and glibc < 2.9 are long gone. Now
seems like a good time to drop the extra code, because otherwise we'd
have to add similar already-dead workaround code to new patches using
XXX_CLOEXEC flags that arrived in the same kernel release.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKL_%3DaO%3Dr30N%3Ds9VoDgTqHpRSzePRbA9dkYO7snc7HsxA%40mail.gmail.com
AfterTriggerSaveEvent() wrongly allocates the slot in execution-span
memory context, whereas the correct thing is to allocate it in
a transaction-span context, because that's where the enclosing
AfterTriggersTableData instance belongs into.
Backpatch to 12 (the test back to 11, where it works well with no code
changes, and it's good to have to confirm that the case was previously
well supported); this bug seems introduced by commit ff11e7f4b9.
Reported-by: Bertrand Drouvot <bdrouvot@amazon.com>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/39a71864-b120-5a5c-8cc5-c632b6f16761@amazon.com
This adds a new executor node named TID Range Scan. The query planner
will generate paths for TID Range scans when quals are discovered on base
relations which search for ranges on the table's ctid column. These
ranges may be open at either end. For example, WHERE ctid >= '(10,0)';
will return all tuples on page 10 and over.
To support this, two new optional callback functions have been added to
table AM. scan_set_tidrange is used to set the scan range to just the
given range of TIDs. scan_getnextslot_tidrange fetches the next tuple
in the given range.
For AMs were scanning ranges of TIDs would not make sense, these functions
can be set to NULL in the TableAmRoutine. The query planner won't
generate TID Range Scan Paths in that case.
Author: Edmund Horner, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMyN-kB-nFTkF=VA_JPwFNo08S0d-Yk0F741S2B7LDmYAi8eyA@mail.gmail.com
The previous logic here created a separate pool of arcs for each
state, so that the out-arcs of each state were physically stored
within it. Perhaps this choice was driven by trying to not include
a "from" pointer within each arc; but Spencer gave up on that idea
long ago, and it's hard to see what the value is now. The approach
turns out to be fairly disastrous in terms of memory consumption,
though. In the first place, NFAs built by this engine seem to have
about 4 arcs per state on average, with a majority having only one
or two out-arcs. So pre-allocating 10 out-arcs for each state is
already cause for a factor of two or more bloat. Worse, the NFA
optimization phase moves arcs around with abandon. In a large NFA,
some of the states will have hundreds of out-arcs, so towards the
end of the optimization phase we have a significant number of states
whose arc pools have room for hundreds of arcs each, even though only
a few of those arcs are in use. We have seen real-world regexes in
which this effect bloats the memory requirement by 25X or even more.
Hence, get rid of the per-state arc pools in favor of a single arc
pool for the whole NFA, with variable-sized allocation batches
instead of always asking for 10 at a time. While we're at it,
let's batch the allocations of state structs too, to further reduce
the malloc traffic.
This incidentally allows moveouts() to be optimized in a similar
way to moveins(): when moving an arc to another state, it's now
valid to just re-link the same arc struct into a different outchain,
where before the code invariants required us to make a physically
new arc and then free the old one.
These changes reduce the regex compiler's typical space consumption
for average-size regexes by about a factor of two, and much more for
large or complicated regexes. In a large test set of real-world
regexes, we formerly had half a dozen cases that failed with "regular
expression too complex" due to exceeding the REG_MAX_COMPILE_SPACE
limit (about 150MB); we would have had to raise that limit to
something close to 400MB to make them work with the old code. Now,
none of those cases need more than 13MB to compile. Furthermore,
the test set is about 10% faster overall due to less malloc traffic.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/168861.1614298592@sss.pgh.pa.us
makeDependencyGraphWalker and checkWellFormedRecursionWalker
thought they could hold onto a pointer to a list's first
cons cell while the list was modified by recursive calls.
That was okay when the cons cell was actually separately
palloc'd ... but since commit 1cff1b95a, it's quite unsafe,
leading to core dumps or incorrect complaints of faulty
WITH nesting.
In the field this'd require at least a seven-deep WITH nest
to cause an issue, but enabling DEBUG_LIST_MEMORY_USAGE
allows the bug to be seen with lesser nesting depths.
Per bug #16801 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to v13.
Michael Paquier and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16801-393c7922143eaa4d@postgresql.org
Teach VACUUM VERBOSE to report on pages deleted by the _current_ VACUUM
operation -- these are newly deleted pages. VACUUM VERBOSE continues to
report on the total number of deleted pages in the entire index (no
change there). The former is a subset of the latter.
The distinction between each category of deleted index page only arises
with index AMs where page deletion is supported and is decoupled from
page recycling for performance reasons.
This is follow-up work to commit e5d8a999, which made nbtree store
64-bit XIDs (not 32-bit XIDs) in pages at the point at which they're
deleted. Note that the btm_last_cleanup_num_delpages metapage field
added by that commit usually gets set to pages_newly_deleted. The
exceptions (the scenarios in which they're not equal) all seem to be
tricky cases for the implementation (of page deletion and recycling) in
general.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznpdHvujGUwYZ8sihX%3Dd5u-tRYhi-F4wnV2uN2zHpMUXw%40mail.gmail.com
We aren't publishing this file as documentation, and it's been
much more haphazardly maintained than the real docs in func.sgml,
so let's just drop it. I think the only reason I included it in
commit 7bcc6d98f was that the Berkeley-era sources had had a man
page in this directory.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4099447.1614186542@sss.pgh.pa.us
Newline is certainly not a digit, nor a word character, so it is
sensible that it should match these complemented character classes.
Previously, \D and \W acted that way by default, but in
newline-sensitive mode ('n' or 'p' flag) they did not match newlines.
This behavior was previously forced because explicit complemented
character classes don't match newlines in newline-sensitive mode;
but as of the previous commit that implementation constraint no
longer exists. It seems useful to change this because the primary
real-world use for newline-sensitive mode seems to be to match the
default behavior of other regex engines such as Perl and Javascript
... and their default behavior is that these match newlines.
The old behavior can be kept by writing an explicit complemented
character class, i.e. [^[:digit:]] or [^[:word:]]. (This means
that \D and \W are not exactly equivalent to those strings, but
they weren't anyway.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3220564.1613859619@sss.pgh.pa.us
The complement-class escapes \D, \S, \W are now allowed within
bracket expressions. There is no semantic difficulty with doing
that, but the rather hokey macro-expansion-based implementation
previously used here couldn't cope.
Also, invent "word" as an allowed character class name, thus "\w"
is now equivalent to "[[:word:]]" outside brackets, or "[:word:]"
within brackets. POSIX allows such implementation-specific
extensions, and the same name is used in e.g. bash.
One surprising compatibility issue this raises is that constructs
such as "[\w-_]" are now disallowed, as our documentation has always
said they should be: character classes can't be endpoints of a range.
Previously, because \w was just a macro for "[:alnum:]_", such a
construct was read as "[[:alnum:]_-_]", so it was accepted so long as
the character after "-" was numerically greater than or equal to "_".
Some implementation cleanup along the way:
* Remove the lexnest() hack, and in consequence clean up wordchrs()
to not interact with the lexer.
* Fix colorcomplement() to not be O(N^2) in the number of colors
involved.
* Get rid of useless-as-far-as-I-can-see calls of element()
on single-character character element names in brackpart().
element() always maps these to the character itself, and things
would be quite broken if it didn't --- should "[a]" match something
different than "a" does? Besides, the shortcut path in brackpart()
wasn't doing this anyway, making it even more inconsistent.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2845172.1613674385@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3220564.1613859619@sss.pgh.pa.us
Otherwise we risk "leaking" deleted pages by making them non-recyclable
indefinitely. Commit 6655a729 did the same thing for deleted pages in
GiST indexes. That work was used as a starting point here.
Stop storing an XID indicating the oldest bpto.xact across all deleted
though unrecycled pages in nbtree metapages. There is no longer any
reason to care about that condition/the oldest XID. It only ever made
sense when wraparound was something _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() had to
consider.
The btm_oldest_btpo_xact metapage field has been repurposed and renamed.
It is now btm_last_cleanup_num_delpages, which is used to remember how
many non-recycled deleted pages remain from the last VACUUM (in practice
its value is usually the precise number of pages that were _newly
deleted_ during the specific VACUUM operation that last set the field).
The general idea behind storing btm_last_cleanup_num_delpages is to use
it to give _some_ consideration to non-recycled deleted pages inside
_bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup() -- though never too much. We only really
need to avoid leaving a truly excessive number of deleted pages in an
unrecycled state forever. We only do this to cover certain narrow cases
where no other factor makes VACUUM do a full scan, and yet the index
continues to grow (and so actually misses out on recycling existing
deleted pages).
These metapage changes result in a clear user-visible benefit: We no
longer trigger full index scans during VACUUM operations solely due to
the presence of only 1 or 2 known deleted (though unrecycled) blocks
from a very large index. All that matters now is keeping the costs and
benefits in balance over time.
Fix an issue that has been around since commit 857f9c36, which added the
"skip full scan of index" mechanism (i.e. the _bt_vacuum_needs_cleanup()
logic). The accuracy of btm_last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples accidentally
hinged upon _when_ the source value gets stored. We now always store
btm_last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples in btvacuumcleanup(). This fixes the
issue because IndexVacuumInfo.num_heap_tuples (the source field) is
expected to accurately indicate the state of the table _after_ the
VACUUM completes inside btvacuumcleanup().
A backpatchable fix cannot easily be extracted from this commit. A
targeted fix for the issue will follow in a later commit, though that
won't happen today.
I (pgeoghegan) have chosen to remove any mention of deleted pages in the
documentation of the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC/param, since
the presence of deleted (though unrecycled) pages is no longer of much
concern to users. The vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor description in
the docs now seems rather unclear in any case, and it should probably be
rewritten in the near future. Perhaps some passing mention of page
deletion will be added back at the same time.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC due to nbtree WAL records using full XIDs now.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznpdHvujGUwYZ8sihX=d5u-tRYhi-F4wnV2uN2zHpMUXw@mail.gmail.com
d2d8a229bc introduced a new function generate_useful_gather_paths to
be used as a replacement for generate_gather_paths, but forgot to update
a couple of places that referenced the older function.
This is possibly not 100% complete (ref. create_ordered_paths), but it's
better than not changing anything.
Author: "Hou, Zhijie" <houzj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4ce1d5116fe746a699a6d29858c6a39a@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Commit 866e24d47d added an assert that HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY and
HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED cannot appear together, on the faulty assumption that
the latter necessarily referred to an update and not a tuple lock; but
that's wrong, because SELECT FOR UPDATE can use precisely that
combination, as evidenced by the amcheck test case added here.
Remove the Assert(), and also patch amcheck's verify_heapam.c to not
complain if the combination is found. Also, out of overabundance of
caution, update (across all branches) README.tuplock to be more explicit
about this.
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mahendra Singh Thalor <mahi6run@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <dilipbalaut@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210124061758.GA11756@nol
gcc 10 is smart enough to notice that control could reach this
"hasmatch[depth]" assignment with depth < 0, but not smart enough
to know that that would require a badly broken NFA graph. Change
the assert() to a plain runtime test to shut it up.
Per report from Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210223173437.b3ywijygsy6q42gq@alap3.anarazel.de
As envisioned in commit c98763bf51, it is possible for VACUUM to
ignore certain transactions that are executing CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY
and REINDEX CONCURRENTLY for the purposes of computing Xmin; that's
because we know those transactions are not going to examine any other
tables, and are not going to execute anything else in the same
transaction. (Only operations on "safe" indexes can be ignored: those
on indexes that are neither partial nor expressional).
This is extremely useful in cases where CIC/RC can run for a very long
time, because that used to be a significant headache for concurrent
vacuuming of other tables.
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210115133858.GA18931@alvherre.pgsql
We don't have anything to decode in a transaction if ReorderBufferTXN
doesn't exist by the time we decode the commit prepared. So don't create a
new ReorderBufferTXN here. This is an oversight in commit a271a1b5.
Reported-by: Markus Wanner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dbec82e2-dbd7-95a2-c6b6-e488cbbdf853@bluegap.ch
The authentication failure error message wasn't distinguishing whether
it is a physical replication or logical replication connection failure and
was giving incomplete information on what led to failure in case of logical
replication connection.
Author: Paul Martinez and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACqFVBYahrAi2OPdJfUA3YCvn3QMzzxZdw0ibSJ8wouWeDtiyQ@mail.gmail.com
Pavan Deolasee recently noted that a few of the
HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions calls added by commit
5db6df0c01 are useless, since they are done after comparing t_self
with t_ctid. But because t_self can never be set to the magical values
that indicate that the tuple moved partition, this can never succeed: if
the first test fails (so we know t_self equals t_ctid), necessarily the
second test will also fail.
So these checks can be removed and no harm is done. There's no bug
here, just a code legibility issue.
Reported-by: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200929164411.GA15497@alvherre.pgsql
The code paths for three different OSes finished up with three different
ways of excluding C[.xxx] and POSIX from consideration. Merge them.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210117215940.GE8560%40telsasoft.com
Instead of an unsightly internal "cache lookup failed" message, just
return NULL for bad OIDs, as is the convention for other similar things.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210117215940.GE8560%40telsasoft.com
Commit 46d6e5f567 added the atomic variable "waitStart" into PGPROC struct,
to store the time at which wait for lock acquisition started. Previously
this variable was initialized every time each backend started. Instead,
this commit makes postmaster initialize it at the startup, to ensure that
the variable should be initialized before any use of it.
This commit also moves the code to initialize "waitStart" variable for
prepare transaction, from TwoPhaseGetDummyProc() to MarkAsPreparingGuts().
Because MarkAsPreparingGuts() is more proper place to do that since
it initializes other PGPROC variables.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1df88660-6f08-cc6e-b7e2-f85296a2bdab@oss.nttdata.com
For the error message "every hash partition modulus must be a factor
of the next larger modulus", add a detail message that shows the
particular numbers and existing partition involved. Also comment the
code more.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/bb9d60b4-aadb-607a-1a9d-fdc3434dddcd%40enterprisedb.com
This commit changes one code path in REINDEX INDEX and one code path
in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY to report the progress of each operation
using pgstat_progress_update_multi_param() rather than
multiple calls to pgstat_progress_update_param(). This has the
advantage to make the progress report more consistent to the end-user
without impacting the amount of information provided.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACV5zW7GxD8D_tyO==bcj6ZktQchEKWKPBOAGKiLhAQo=w@mail.gmail.com
Coverity complained that functions in regexec.c might leak DFA
storage. It's wrong, but this logic is confusing enough that it's
not so surprising Coverity couldn't make sense of it. Rewrite
in hopes of making it more legible to humans as well as machines.
Previously, each pair of capturing parentheses gave rise to a separate
subre tree node, whose only function was to identify that we ought to
capture the match details for this particular sub-expression. In
most cases we don't really need that, since we can perfectly well
put a "capture this" annotation on the child node that does the real
matching work. As with the two preceding commits, the main value
of this is to avoid generating and optimizing an NFA for a tree node
that's not really pulling its weight.
The chosen data representation only allows one capture annotation
per subre node. In the legal-per-spec, but seemingly not very useful,
case where there are multiple capturing parens around the exact same
bit of the regex (i.e. "((xyz))"), wrap the child node in N-1 capture
nodes that act the same as before. We could work harder at that but
I'll refrain, pending some evidence that such cases are worth troubling
over.
In passing, improve the comments in regex.h to say what all the
different re_info bits mean. Some of them were pretty obvious
but others not so much, so reverse-engineer some documentation.
This is part of a patch series that in total reduces the regex engine's
runtime by about a factor of four on a large corpus of real-world regexes.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of having left and right child links in subre structs,
have a single child link plus a sibling link. Multiple children
of a tree node are now reached by chasing the sibling chain.
The beneficiary of this is alternation tree nodes. A regular
expression with N (>1) branches is now represented by one alternation
node with N children, rather than a tree that includes N alternation
nodes as well as N children. While the old representation didn't
really cost anything extra at execution time, it was pretty horrid
for compilation purposes, because each of the alternation nodes had
its own NFA, which we were too stupid not to separately optimize.
(To make matters worse, all of those NFAs described the entire
alternation pattern, not just the portion of it that one might
expect from the tree structure.)
We continue to require concatenation nodes to have exactly two
children. This data structure is now prepared to support more,
but the executor's logic would need some careful redesign, and
it's not clear that a lot of benefit could be had.
This is part of a patch series that in total reduces the regex engine's
runtime by about a factor of four on a large corpus of real-world regexes.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
The comment for parsebranch() claims that it avoids generating
unnecessary concatenation nodes in the "subre" tree, but it missed
some significant cases. Once we've decided that a given atom is
"messy" and can't be bundled with the preceding atom(s) of the
current regex branch, parseqatom() always generated two new concat
nodes, one to concat the messy atom to what follows it in the branch,
and an upper node to concatenate the preceding part of the branch
to that one. But one or both of these could be unnecessary, if the
messy atom is the first, last, or only one in the branch. Improve
the code to suppress such useless concat nodes, along with the
no-op child nodes representing empty chunks of a branch.
Reducing the number of subre tree nodes offers significant savings
not only at execution but during compilation, because each subre node
has its own NFA that has to be separately optimized. (Maybe someday
we'll figure out how to share the optimization work across multiple
tree nodes, but it doesn't look easy.) Eliminating upper tree nodes
is especially useful because they tend to have larger NFAs.
This is part of a patch series that in total reduces the regex engine's
runtime by about a factor of four on a large corpus of real-world regexes.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
This builds on the previous "rainbow" patch to detect NFAs that will
match any string, though possibly with constraints on the string length.
This definition is chosen to match constructs such as ".*", ".+", and
".{1,100}". Recognizing such an NFA after the optimization pass is
fairly cheap, since we basically just have to verify that all arcs
are RAINBOW arcs and count the number of steps to the end state.
(Well, there's a bit of complication with pseudo-color arcs for string
boundary conditions, but not much.)
Once we have these markings, the regex executor functions longest(),
shortest(), and matchuntil() don't have to expend per-character work
to determine whether a given substring satisfies such an NFA; they
just need to check its length against the bounds. Since some matching
problems require O(N) invocations of these functions, we've reduced
the runtime for an N-character string from O(N^2) to O(N). Of course,
this is no help for non-matchall sub-patterns, but those usually have
constraints that allow us to avoid needing O(N) substring checks in the
first place. It's precisely the unconstrained "match-all" cases that
cause the most headaches.
This is part of a patch series that in total reduces the regex engine's
runtime by about a factor of four on a large corpus of real-world regexes.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
Some regular expression constructs, most notably the "." match-anything
metacharacter, produce a sheaf of parallel NFA arcs covering all
possible colors (that is, character equivalence classes). We can make
a noticeable improvement in the space and time needed to process large
regexes by replacing such cases with a single arc bearing the special
color code "RAINBOW". This requires only minor additional complication
in places such as pull() and push().
Callers of pg_reg_getoutarcs() must now be prepared for the possibility
of seeing a RAINBOW arc. For the one known user, contrib/pg_trgm,
that's a net benefit since it cuts the number of arcs to be dealt with,
and the handling isn't any different than for other colors that contain
too many characters to be dealt with individually.
This is part of a patch series that in total reduces the regex engine's
runtime by about a factor of four on a large corpus of real-world regexes.
Patch by me, reviewed by Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
When ON_ERROR_ROLLBACK is enabled, psql releases a temporary savepoint
if it's idle in a valid transaction block after executing a query. But psql
doesn't do that after RELEASE or ROLLBACK is executed because a temporary
savepoint has already been destroyed in that case.
This commit changes psql's ON_ERROR_ROLLBACK so that it doesn't release
a temporary savepoint also when COMMIT AND CHAIN is executed. A temporary
savepoint doesn't need to be released in that case because
COMMIT AND CHAIN also destroys any savepoints defined within the transaction
to commit. Otherwise psql tries to release the savepoint that
COMMIT AND CHAIN has already destroyed and cause an error
"ERROR: savepoint "pg_psql_temporary_savepoint" does not exist".
Back-patch to v12 where transaction chaining was added.
Reported-by: Arthur Nascimento
Author: Arthur Nascimento
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Vik Fearing
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16867-3475744069228158@postgresql.org
This commit fixes COMMIT AND CHAIN command so that it starts new transaction
immediately even if savepoints are defined within the transaction to commit.
Previously COMMIT AND CHAIN command did not in that case because
commit 280a408b48 forgot to make CommitTransactionCommand() handle
a transaction chaining when the transaction state was TBLOCK_SUBCOMMIT.
Also this commit adds the regression test for COMMIT AND CHAIN command
when savepoints are defined.
Back-patch to v12 where transaction chaining was added.
Reported-by: Arthur Nascimento
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Arthur Nascimento, Vik Fearing
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16867-3475744069228158@postgresql.org
Consolidate discussion of how VACUUM places pages in the FSM for
recycling by adding a new section that comes after discussion of page
deletion. This structure reflects the fact that page recycling is
explicitly decoupled from page deletion in Lanin & Shasha's paper. Page
recycling in nbtree is an implementation of what the paper calls "the
drain technique".
This decoupling is an important concept for nbtree VACUUM. Searchers
have to detect and recover from concurrent page deletions, but they will
never have to reason about concurrent page recycling. Recycling can
almost always be thought of as a low level garbage collection operation
that asynchronously frees the physical space that backs a logical tree
node. Almost all code need only concern itself with logical tree nodes.
(Note that "logical tree node" is not currently a term of art in the
nbtree code -- this all works implicitly.)
This is preparation for an upcoming patch that teaches nbtree VACUUM to
remember the details of pages that it deletes on the fly, in local
memory. This enables the same VACUUM operation to consider placing its
own deleted pages in the FSM later on, when it reaches the end of
btvacuumscan().
While poking at the regex code, I happened to notice that the bug
squashed in commit afcc8772e had a sibling: next() failed to return
a specific value associated with the '}' token for a "\{m,n\}"
quantifier when parsing in basic RE mode. Again, this could result
in treating the quantifier as non-greedy, which it never should be in
basic mode. For that to happen, the last character before "\}" that
sets "nextvalue" would have to set it to zero, or it'd have to have
accidentally been zero from the start. The failure can be provoked
repeatably with, for example, a bound ending in digit "0".
Like the previous patch, back-patch all the way.
Commit 2c8dd05d6c added the atomic variable writtenUpto into
walreceiver's shared memory information. It's initialized only
when walreceiver started up but could be read via pg_stat_wal_receiver
view anytime, i.e., even before it's initialized. In the server built
with --disable-atomics and --disable-spinlocks, this uninitialized
atomic variable read could cause "invalid spinlock number: 0" error.
This commit changed writtenUpto so that it's initialized at
the postmaster startup, to avoid the uninitialized variable read
via pg_stat_wal_receiver and fix the error.
Also this commit moved the read of writtenUpto after the release
of spinlock protecting walreceiver's shared variables. This is
necessary to prevent new spinlock from being taken by atomic
variable read while holding another spinlock, and to shorten
the spinlock duration. This change leads writtenUpto not to be
consistent with the other walreceiver's shared variables protected
by a spinlock. But this is OK because writtenUpto should not be
used for data integrity checks.
Back-patch to v13 where commit 2c8dd05d6c introduced the bug.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7ef8708c-5b6b-edd3-2cf2-7783f1c7c175@oss.nttdata.com
Add another method to specify CRLs, hashed directory method, for both
server and client side. This offers a means for server or libpq to
load only CRLs that are required to verify a certificate. The CRL
directory is specifed by separate GUC variables or connection options
ssl_crl_dir and sslcrldir, alongside the existing ssl_crl_file and
sslcrl, so both methods can be used at the same time.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200731.173911.904649928639357911.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Discuss VACUUM's linear scan after discussion of tuple deletion by
VACUUM, but before discussion of page deletion by VACUUM. This
progression is a lot more natural.
Also tweak the wording a little. It seems unnecessary to talk about how
it worked prior to PostgreSQL 8.2.
A cross-partition update on a partitioned table is implemented as a
delete followed by an insert. With foreign partitions, this was however
causing issues, because the FDW and core may disagree on when to enable
batching. postgres_fdw was only allowing batching for plain inserts
(CMD_INSERT) while core was trying to batch the insert component of the
cross-partition update. Fix by restricting core to apply batching only
to plain CMD_INSERT queries.
It's possible to allow batching for cross-partition updates, but that
will require more extensive changes, so better to leave that for a
separate patch.
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Takayuki Tsunakawa
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200628151002.7x5laxwpgvkyiu3q@development
Push some hopefully-uncontroversial bits extracted from an upcoming
patch series, to remove non-relevant clutter from the main patches.
In compact(), return immediately after setting REG_ASSERT error;
continuing the loop would just lead to assertion failure below.
(Ask me how I know.)
In parseqatom(), remove assertion that moresubs() did its job.
When moresubs actually did its job, this is redundant with that
function's final assert; but when it failed on OOM, this is an
assertion crash. We could avoid the crash by adding a NOERR()
check before the assertion, but it seems better to subtract code
than add it. (Note that there's a NOERR exit a few lines further
down, and nothing else between here and there requires moresubs
to have succeeded. So we don't really need an extra error exit.)
This is a live bug in assert-enabled builds, but given the very
low likelihood of OOM in moresub's tiny allocation, I don't think
it's worth back-patching.
On the other hand, it seems worthwhile to add an assertion that
our intended v->subs[subno] target is still null by the time we
are ready to insert into it, since there's a recursion in between.
In pg_regexec, ensure we fflush any debug output on the way out,
and try to make MDEBUG messages more uniform and helpful. (In
particular, ensure that all of them are prefixed with the subre's
id number, so one can match up entry and exit reports.)
Add some test cases in test_regex to improve coverage of lookahead
and lookbehind constraints. Adding these now is mainly to establish
that this is indeed the existing behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1340281.1613018383@sss.pgh.pa.us
Several information schema views track dependencies between
functions/procedures and objects used by them. These had not been
implemented so far because PostgreSQL doesn't track objects used in a
function body. However, formally, these also show dependencies used
in parameter default expressions, which PostgreSQL does support and
track. So for the sake of completeness, we might as well add these.
If dependency tracking for function bodies is ever implemented, these
views will automatically work correctly.
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ac80fc74-e387-8950-9a31-2560778fc1e3%40enterprisedb.com
ALTER INDEX was able to handle that already. This adds tab completion
for all the remaining commands that support this grammar:
- ALTER FUNCTION
- ALTER PROCEDURE
- ALTER ROUTINE
- ALTER TRIGGER
- ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=iypYudXuMOAMOP4BpkaYbXxk=a2cdJppX0e9mJXWtuig@mail.gmail.com
Commit 2f2007fbb did this partially, but there were two remaining
warts. checkcondition_gin handled some uncertain cases by setting
the out-of-band recheck flag, some by returning TS_MAYBE, and some
by doing both. Meanwhile, TS_execute arbitrarily converted a
TS_MAYBE result to TS_YES. Thus, if checkcondition_gin chose to
only return TS_MAYBE, the outcome would be TS_YES with no recheck
flag, potentially resulting in wrong query outputs.
The case where this'd happen is if there were GIN_MAYBE entries
in the indexscan results passed to gin_tsquery_[tri]consistent,
which so far as I can see would only happen if the tidbitmap used
to accumulate indexscan results grew large enough to become lossy.
I initially thought of fixing this by ensuring we always set the
recheck flag as well as returning TS_MAYBE in uncertain cases.
But that errs in the other direction, potentially forcing rechecks
of rows that provably match the query (since the recheck flag
remains set even if TS_execute later finds that the answer must be
TS_YES). Instead, let's get rid of the out-of-band recheck flag
altogether and rely on returning TS_MAYBE. This requires exporting
a version of TS_execute that will actually return the full ternary
result of the evaluation ... but we likely should have done that
to start with.
Unfortunately it doesn't seem practical to add a regression test case
that covers this: the amount of data needed to cause the GIN bitmap to
become lossy results in a longer runtime than I think we want to have
in the tests. (I'm wondering about allowing smaller work_mem settings
to ameliorate that, but it'd be a matter for a separate patch.)
Per bug #16865 from Dimitri Nüscheler. Back-patch to v13 where
the faulty commit came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16865-4ffdc3e682e6d75b@postgresql.org
This issue exists from the inception of this code (PG-10) but got exposed
by the recent commit ce0fdbfe97 where we are using origins in tablesync
workers. The problem was that we were sometimes sending the prepare_write
('w') message but then the actual message was not being sent and on the
subscriber side, we always expect a message after prepare_write message
which led to this bug.
I refrained from backpatching this because there is no way in the core
code to hit this prior to commit ce0fdbfe97 and we haven't received any
complaints so far.
Reported-by: Erik Rijkers
Author: Amit Kapila and Vignesh C
Tested-by: Erik Rijkers
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1295168140.139428.1613133237154@webmailclassic.xs4all.nl
Both luckily and unluckily the passed values meant the same for all
types. Luckily because that meant my confusion caused no harm,
unluckily because otherwise the compiler might have warned...
In passing, synchronize parameter names between definition and
declaration.
Reported-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=L=nBoepQdH9b5Qd0nMvepFT2CnT6sjWvvpOXa=K8HVQ@mail.gmail.com
In 955a684e04 we fixed a bug in initial snapshot creation. In the
course of which several members of struct SnapBuild were obsoleted. As
SnapBuild is serialized to disk we couldn't change the memory layout.
Unfortunately I subsequently forgot about removing the backward compat
gunk, but luckily Heikki just reminded me.
This commit bumps SNAPBUILD_VERSION, therefore breaking existing
slots (which is fine in a major release).
Author: Andres Freund
Reminded-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c94be044-818f-15e3-1ad3-7a7ae2dfed0a@iki.fi
The inner loop in switchToPresortedPrefixMode() can be implemented
as a conventional integer-counter for() loop, removing a couple of
redundant boolean state variables. The old logic here was a remnant
of earlier development, but as things now stand there's no reason
for extra complexity.
Also, annotate the test case added by 82e0e2930 to explain why it
manages to hit the corner case fixed in that commit, and add an
EXPLAIN to verify that it's creating an incremental-sort plan.
Back-patch to v13, like the previous patch.
James Coleman and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16846-ae49f51ac379a4cb@postgresql.org
If ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols() or ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols()
were called with a ResultRelInfo that's not in the range table and isn't a
partition routing target, the functions would dereference a NULL pointer,
relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo. Such ResultRelInfos are created when firing
RI triggers in tables that are not modified directly. None of the current
callers of these functions pass such relations, so this isn't a live bug,
but let's make them more robust.
Also update comment in ResultRelInfo; after commit 6214e2b228,
ri_RangeTableIndex is zero for ResultRelInfos created for partition tuple
routing.
Noted by Coverity. Backpatch down to v11, like commit 6214e2b228.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Amit Langote
This commit adds new column "waitstart" into pg_locks view. This column
reports the time when the server process started waiting for the lock
if the lock is not held. This information is useful, for example, when
examining the amount of time to wait on a lock by subtracting
"waitstart" in pg_locks from the current time, and identify the lock
that the processes are waiting for very long.
This feature uses the current time obtained for the deadlock timeout
timer as "waitstart" (i.e., the time when this process started waiting
for the lock). Since getting the current time newly can cause overhead,
we reuse the already-obtained time to avoid that overhead.
Note that "waitstart" is updated without holding the lock table's
partition lock, to avoid the overhead by additional lock acquisition.
This can cause "waitstart" in pg_locks to become NULL for a very short
period of time after the wait started even though "granted" is false.
This is OK in practice because we can assume that users are likely to
look at "waitstart" when waiting for the lock for a long time.
The first attempt of this patch (commit 3b733fcd04) caused the buildfarm
member "rorqual" (built with --disable-atomics --disable-spinlocks) to report
the failure of the regression test. It was reverted by commit 890d2182a2.
The cause of this failure was that the atomic variable for "waitstart"
in the dummy process entry created at the end of prepare transaction was
not initialized. This second attempt fixes that issue.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a96013dc51cdc56b2a2b84fa8a16a993@oss.nttdata.com
FreeBSD 13 gained O_DSYNC, which would normally cause wal_sync_method to
choose open_datasync as its default value. That may not be a good
choice for all systems, and performs worse than fdatasync in some
scenarios. Let's preserve the existing default behavior for now.
Like commit 576477e73c, which did the same for Linux, back-patch to all
supported releases.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLsAMXBQrCxCXoW-JsUYmdOL8ALYvaX%3DCrHqWxm-nWbGA%40mail.gmail.com
While cleaning up after a parallel query or parallel index creation that
created temporary files, we could be interrupted by a statement timeout.
The error handling path would then fail to clean up the files when it
ran dsm_detach() again, because the callback was already popped off the
list. Prevent this hazard by holding interrupts while the cleanup code
runs.
Thanks to Heikki Linnakangas for this suggestion, and also to Kyotaro
Horiguchi, Masahiko Sawada, Justin Pryzby and Tom Lane for discussion of
this and earlier ideas on how to fix the problem.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191212180506.GR2082@telsasoft.com
With its current design, a careless use of pg_cryptohash_final() could
would result in an out-of-bound write in memory as the size of the
destination buffer to store the result digest is not known to the
cryptohash internals, without the caller knowing about that. This
commit adds a new argument to pg_cryptohash_final() to allow such sanity
checks, and implements such defenses.
The internals of SCRAM for HMAC could be tightened a bit more, but as
everything is based on SCRAM_KEY_LEN with uses particular to this code
there is no need to complicate its interface more than necessary, and
this comes back to the refactoring of HMAC in core. Except that, this
minimizes the uses of the existing DIGEST_LENGTH variables, relying
instead on sizeof() for the result sizes. In ossp-uuid, this also makes
the code more defensive, as it already relied on dce_uuid_t being at
least the size of a MD5 digest.
This is in philosophy similar to cfc40d3 for base64.c and aef8948 for
hex.c.
Reported-by: Ranier Vilela
Author: Michael Paquier, Ranier Vilela
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAoqEGmcff3J4sTSV-R_16Monuz-UpJFbf_dnVH=APr02Q@mail.gmail.com
When REG_DEBUG is defined, ensure that an un-filled "struct cnfa"
is all-zeroes, not just that it has nstates == 0. This is mainly
so that looking at "struct subre" structs in gdb doesn't distract
one with a lot of garbage fields during regex compilation.
Adjust some places that print debug output to have suitable fflush
calls afterwards.
In passing, correct an erroneous ancient comment: the concatenation
subre-s created by parsebranch() have op == '.' not ','.
Noted while fooling around with some regex performance improvements.
Given a regex pattern with a very long fixed prefix (approaching 500
characters), the result of pow(FIXED_CHAR_SEL, fixed_prefix_len) can
underflow to zero. Typically the preceding selectivity calculation
would have underflowed as well, so that we compute 0/0 and get NaN.
In released branches this leads to an assertion failure later on.
That doesn't happen in HEAD, for reasons I've not explored yet,
but it's surely still a bug.
To fix, just skip the division when the pow() result is zero, so
that we'll (most likely) return a zero selectivity estimate. In
the edge cases where "sel" didn't yet underflow, perhaps this
isn't desirable, but I'm not sure that the case is worth spending
a lot of effort on. The results of regex_selectivity_sub() are
barely worth the electrons they're written on anyway :-(
Per report from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6de0a0c3-ada9-cd0c-3e4e-2fa9964b41e3@gmail.com
Modern gcc and clang compilers offer alignment sanitizers, which help to detect
pointer misalignment. However, our codebase already contains x86-specific
crc32 computation code, which uses unalignment access. Thankfully, those
compilers also support the attribute, which disables alignment sanitizers at
the function level. This commit adds pg_attribute_no_sanitize_alignment(),
which wraps this attribute, and applies it to pg_comp_crc32c_sse42() function.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsne3%3DT%3DfMNU45PtxdhSL_J2PjLTeS8rwKnJzUR4YNd4w%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/475514.1612745257%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Author: Alexander Korotkov, revised by Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
We want to test the variants of Alter Subscription that are not allowed in
the transaction block but for that, we don't need to create a subscription
that tries to connect to the publisher. As such, there is no problem with
this test but it is good to allow such tests to run with
wal_level = minimal and max_wal_senders = 0 so as to keep them consistent
with other tests.
Reported by buildfarm.
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1Lw0V+e1JPGHDq=+hVACv=14H8sR+2eJ1k3PEgwKmU-jQ@mail.gmail.com
For the initial table data synchronization in logical replication, we use
a single transaction to copy the entire table and then synchronize the
position in the stream with the main apply worker.
There are multiple downsides of this approach: (a) We have to perform the
entire copy operation again if there is any error (network breakdown,
error in the database operation, etc.) while we synchronize the WAL
position between tablesync worker and apply worker; this will be onerous
especially for large copies, (b) Using a single transaction in the
synchronization-phase (where we can receive WAL from multiple
transactions) will have the risk of exceeding the CID limit, (c) The slot
will hold the WAL till the entire sync is complete because we never commit
till the end.
This patch solves all the above downsides by allowing multiple
transactions during the tablesync phase. The initial copy is done in a
single transaction and after that, we commit each transaction as we
receive. To allow recovery after any error or crash, we use a permanent
slot and origin to track the progress. The slot and origin will be removed
once we finish the synchronization of the table. We also remove slot and
origin of tablesync workers if the user performs DROP SUBSCRIPTION .. or
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION .. REFERESH and some of the table syncs are still not
finished.
The commands ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... REFRESH PUBLICATION and
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... SET PUBLICATION ... with refresh option as true
cannot be executed inside a transaction block because they can now drop
the slots for which we have no provision to rollback.
This will also open up the path for logical replication of 2PC
transactions on the subscriber side. Previously, we can't do that because
of the requirement of maintaining a single transaction in tablesync
workers.
Bump catalog version due to change of state in the catalog
(pg_subscription_rel).
Author: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila, and Takamichi Osumi
Reviewed-by: Ajin Cherian, Petr Jelinek, Hou Zhijie and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KHJxaZS-fod-0fey=0tq3=Gkn4ho=8N4-5HWiCfu0H1A@mail.gmail.com
The pages_removed field is no longer used for anything. It hasn't been
possible for an index to physically shrink since old-style VACUUM FULL
was removed by commit 0a469c87.
The stanza in ECPGconnect() that intended to allow specification of a
Unix socket directory path in place of a port has never executed since
it was committed, nearly two decades ago; the preceding strrchr()
already found the last colon so there cannot be another one. The lack
of complaints about that is doubtless related to the fact that no
user-facing documentation suggested it was possible.
Rather than try to fix that up, let's just remove the unreachable
code, and instead document the way that does work to write a socket
directory path, namely specifying it as a "host" option.
In support of that, make another pass at clarifying the syntax
documentation for ECPG connection targets, particularly documenting
which things are parsed as identifiers and where to use double quotes.
Rearrange some things that seemed poorly ordered, and fix a couple of
minor doc errors.
Kyotaro Horiguchi, per gripe from Shenhao Wang
(docs changes mostly by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ae52a416bbbf459c96bab30b3038e06c@G08CNEXMBPEKD06.g08.fujitsu.local
Explicitly testing for INT_MIN and INT_MAX isn't particularly good
style; it's tedious and may draw useless compiler warnings on
machines where int and long are the same width. We invented
strtoint() precisely for this usage, so use that instead.
While here, remove gratuitous variations in the way the tests for
did-strtoint-succeed were spelled. Also, avoid attempting to
negate INT_MIN; that would probably work given that the result
is implicitly cast to uint32, but I think it's nominally undefined
behavior.
Per gripe from Ranier Vilela, though this isn't his proposed patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAqge3QfzoBRhe59QrB_5g+NmQUj2QpzqZ9Nc7QepXGAEw@mail.gmail.com
In the wake of c028faf2a, this is no longer needed. I left it
out of that patch since the API change would be undesirable in
a released branch; but there's no reason not to do it in HEAD.
This commit makes more generic some comments and code related to the
compilation with OpenSSL and SSL in general to ease the addition of more
SSL implementations in the future. In libpq, some OpenSSL-only code is
moved under USE_OPENSSL and not USE_SSL.
While on it, make a comment more consistent in libpq-fe.h.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5382CB4A-9CF3-4145-BA46-C802615935E0@yesql.se
For an index, attstattarget can be updated using ALTER INDEX SET
STATISTICS. This data was lost on the new index after REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY.
The update of this field is done when the old and new indexes are
swapped to make the fix back-patchable. Another approach we could look
after in the long-term is to change index_create() to pass the wanted
values of attstattarget when creating the new relation, but, as this
would cause an ABI breakage this can be done only on HEAD.
Reported-by: Ronan Dunklau
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Ronan Dunklau, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16628084.uLZWGnKmhe@laptop-ronand
Backpatch-through: 12
Currently, we get the origin id from the name and then drop the origin by
taking ExclusiveLock on ReplicationOriginRelationId. So, two concurrent
sessions can get the id from the name at the same time and then when they
try to drop the origin, one of the sessions will get the either
"tuple concurrently deleted" or "cache lookup failed for replication
origin ..".
To prevent this race condition we do the entire operation under lock. This
obviates the need for replorigin_drop() API and we have removed it so if
any extension authors are using it they need to instead use
replorigin_drop_by_name. See it's usage in pg_replication_origin_drop().
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Euler Taveira, Petr Jelinek, and Alvaro
Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHut%2BPuW8DWV5fskkMWWMqzt-x7RPcNQOtJQBp6SdwyRghCk7A%40mail.gmail.com
This commit adds new column "waitstart" into pg_locks view. This column
reports the time when the server process started waiting for the lock
if the lock is not held. This information is useful, for example, when
examining the amount of time to wait on a lock by subtracting
"waitstart" in pg_locks from the current time, and identify the lock
that the processes are waiting for very long.
This feature uses the current time obtained for the deadlock timeout
timer as "waitstart" (i.e., the time when this process started waiting
for the lock). Since getting the current time newly can cause overhead,
we reuse the already-obtained time to avoid that overhead.
Note that "waitstart" is updated without holding the lock table's
partition lock, to avoid the overhead by additional lock acquisition.
This can cause "waitstart" in pg_locks to become NULL for a very short
period of time after the wait started even though "granted" is false.
This is OK in practice because we can assume that users are likely to
look at "waitstart" when waiting for the lock for a long time.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a96013dc51cdc56b2a2b84fa8a16a993@oss.nttdata.com
This option controls if toast tables associated with a relation are
vacuumed or not when running a manual VACUUM. It was already possible
to trigger a manual VACUUM on a toast relation without processing its
main relation, but a manual vacuum on a main relation always forced a
vacuum on its toast table. This is useful in scenarios where the level
of bloat or transaction age of the main and toast relations differs a
lot.
This option is an extension of the existing VACOPT_SKIPTOAST that was
used by autovacuum to control if toast relations should be skipped or
not. This internal flag is renamed to VACOPT_PROCESS_TOAST for
consistency with the new option.
A new option switch, called --no-process-toast, is added to vacuumdb.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BA8951E9-1524-48C5-94AF-73B1F0D7857F@amazon.com
scanNSItemForColumn, expandNSItemAttrs, and ExpandSingleTable would
pass the wrong RTE to markVarForSelectPriv when dealing with a join
ParseNamespaceItem: they'd pass the join RTE, when what we need to
mark is the base table that the join column came from. The end
result was to not fill the base table's selectedCols bitmap correctly,
resulting in an understatement of the set of columns that are read
by the query. The executor would still insist on there being at
least one selectable column; but with a correctly crafted query,
a user having SELECT privilege on just one column of a table would
nonetheless be allowed to read all its columns.
To fix, make markRTEForSelectPriv fetch the correct RTE for itself,
ignoring the possibly-mismatched RTE passed by the caller. Later,
we'll get rid of some now-unused RTE arguments, but that risks
API breaks so we won't do it in released branches.
This problem was introduced by commit 9ce77d75c, so back-patch
to v13 where that came in. Thanks to Sven Klemm for reporting
the problem.
Security: CVE-2021-20229
If a cross-partition UPDATE violates a constraint on the target partition,
and the columns in the new partition are in different physical order than
in the parent, the error message can reveal columns that the user does not
have SELECT permission on. A similar bug was fixed earlier in commit
804b6b6db4.
The cause of the bug is that the callers of the
ExecBuildSlotValueDescription() function got confused when constructing
the list of modified columns. If the tuple was routed from a parent, we
converted the tuple to the parent's format, but the list of modified
columns was grabbed directly from the child's RTE entry.
ExecUpdateLockMode() had a similar issue. That lead to confusion on which
columns are key columns, leading to wrong tuple lock being taken on tables
referenced by foreign keys, when a row is updated with INSERT ON CONFLICT
UPDATE. A new isolation test is added for that corner case.
With this patch, the ri_RangeTableIndex field is no longer set for
partitions that don't have an entry in the range table. Previously, it was
set to the RTE entry of the parent relation, but that was confusing.
NOTE: This modifies the ResultRelInfo struct, replacing the
ri_PartitionRoot field with ri_RootResultRelInfo. That's a bit risky to
backpatch, because it breaks any extensions accessing the field. The
change that ri_RangeTableIndex is not set for partitions could potentially
break extensions, too. The ResultRelInfos are visible to FDWs at least,
and this patch required small changes to postgres_fdw. Nevertheless, this
seem like the least bad option. I don't think these fields widely used in
extensions; I don't think there are FDWs out there that uses the FDW
"direct update" API, other than postgres_fdw. If there is, you will get a
compilation error, so hopefully it is caught quickly.
Backpatch to 11, where support for both cross-partition UPDATEs, and unique
indexes on partitioned tables, were added.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Security: CVE-2021-3393
GlobalVisIsRemovableFullXid() is now GlobalVisCheckRemovableFullXid().
This is consistent with the general convention for FullTransactionId
equivalents of functions that deal with TransactionId values. It now
matches the nearby GlobalVisCheckRemovableXid() function, which performs
the same check for callers that use TransactionId values.
Oversight in commit dc7420c2c9.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzmes12jFNDcVgpU89Vp=r6uLFrE-MT0fjSWGsE70UiNaA@mail.gmail.com
rewriteRuleAction() neglected this step, although it was careful to
propagate other similar flags such as hasSubLinks or hasRowSecurity.
Omitting to transfer hasRecursive is just cosmetic at the moment,
but omitting hasModifyingCTE is a live bug, since the executor
certainly looks at that.
The proposed test case only fails back to v10, but since the executor
examines hasModifyingCTE in 9.x as well, I suspect that a test case
could be devised that fails in older branches. Given the nearness
of the release deadline, though, I'm not going to spend time looking
for a better test.
Report and patch by Greg Nancarrow, cosmetic changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-fAdj=nDKMsRhQzndm-O13NY4dL6xGcEvdX5Xvbbi0V7g@mail.gmail.com
Generally, members of inheritance trees must be plain tables (or,
in more recent versions, foreign tables). ALTER TABLE INHERIT
rejects creating an inheritance relationship that has a view at
either end. When DefineQueryRewrite attempts to convert a relation
to a view, it already had checks prohibiting doing so for partitioning
parents or children as well as traditional-inheritance parents ...
but it neglected to check that a traditional-inheritance child wasn't
being converted. Since the planner assumes that any inheritance
child is a table, this led to making plans that tried to do a physical
scan on a view, causing failures (or even crashes, in recent versions).
One could imagine trying to support such a case by expanding the view
normally, but since the rewriter runs before the planner does
inheritance expansion, it would take some very fundamental refactoring
to make that possible. There are probably a lot of other parts of the
system that don't cope well with such a situation, too. For now,
just forbid it.
Per bug #16856 from Yang Lin. Back-patch to all supported branches.
(In versions before v10, this includes back-patching the portion of
commit 501ed02cf that added has_superclass(). Perhaps the lack of
that infrastructure partially explains the missing check.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16856-0363e05c6e1612fd@postgresql.org
The parallel slots infrastructure (which implements client-side
multiplexing of server connections doing similar things, not
threading or multiple processes or anything like that) are moved from
src/bin/scripts/scripts_parallel.c to src/fe_utils/parallel_slot.c.
The functions consumeQueryResult() and processQueryResult() which were
previously part of src/bin/scripts/common.c are now moved into that
file as well, becoming static helper functions. This might need to be
changed in the future, but currently they're not used for anything
else.
Some other functions from src/bin/scripts/common.c are moved to to
src/fe_utils and are split up among several files. connectDatabase(),
connectMaintenanceDatabase(), and disconnectDatabase() are moved to
connect_utils.c. executeQuery(), executeCommand(), and
executeMaintenanceCommand() are move to query_utils.c.
handle_help_version_opts() is moved to option_utils.c.
Mark Dilger, reviewed by me. The larger patch series of which this is
a part has also had review from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund, Álvaro
Herrera, Michael Paquier, and Amul Sul, but I don't know whether any
of them have reviewed this bit specifically.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/12ED3DA8-25F0-4B68-937D-D907CFBF08E7@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/5F743835-3399-419C-8324-2D424237E999@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/70655DF3-33CE-4527-9A4D-DDEB582B6BA0@enterprisedb.com
If a multi-byte character is escaped with a backslash in TEXT mode input,
and the encoding is one of the client-only encodings where the bytes after
the first one can have an ASCII byte "embedded" in the char, we didn't
skip the character correctly. After a backslash, we only skipped the first
byte of the next character, so if it was a multi-byte character, we would
try to process its second byte as if it was a separate character. If it
was one of the characters with special meaning, like '\n', '\r', or
another '\\', that would cause trouble.
One such exmple is the byte sequence '\x5ca45c2e666f6f' in Big5 encoding.
That's supposed to be [backslash][two-byte character][.][f][o][o], but
because the second byte of the two-byte character is 0x5c, we incorrectly
treat it as another backslash. And because the next character is a dot, we
parse it as end-of-copy marker, and throw an "end-of-copy marker corrupt"
error.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/a897f84f-8dca-8798-3139-07da5bb38728%40iki.fi
Commit 230230223 taught nodeAgg.c that, when spilling tuples from
memory in an oversized hash aggregation, it only needed to spill
input columns referenced in the node's tlist and quals. Unfortunately,
that's wrong: we also have to save the grouping columns. The error
is masked in common cases because the grouping columns also appear
in the tlist, but that's not necessarily true. The main category
of plans where it's not true seem to come from semijoins ("WHERE
outercol IN (SELECT innercol FROM innertable)") where the innercol
needs an implicit promotion to make it comparable to the outercol.
The grouping column will be "innercol::promotedtype", but that
expression appears nowhere in the Agg node's own tlist and quals;
only the bare "innercol" is found in the tlist.
I spent quite a bit of time looking for a suitable regression test
case for this, without much success. If the number of distinct
values of the innercol is large enough to make spilling happen,
the planner tends to prefer a non-HashAgg plan, at least for
problem sizes that are reasonable to use in the regression tests.
So, no new regression test. However, this patch does demonstrably
fix the originally-reported test case.
Per report from s.p.e (at) gmx-topmail.de. Backpatch to v13
where the troublesome code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/trinity-1c565d44-159f-488b-a518-caf13883134f-1611835701633@3c-app-gmx-bap78
switchToPresortedPrefixMode() did the wrong thing if it detected
a batch boundary just at the last tuple of a fullsort group.
The initially-reported symptom was a "retrieved too many tuples in a
bounded sort" error, but the test case added here just silently gives
the wrong answer without this patch.
I (tgl) am not really happy about committing this patch without review
from the incremental-sort authors, but they seem AWOL and we are hard
against a release deadline. This does demonstrably make some cases
better, anyway.
Per bug #16846 from Yoran Heling. Back-patch to v13 where incremental
sort was introduced.
Neil Chen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16846-ae49f51ac379a4cb@postgresql.org
Add some additional defensive checks in the second phase of index
deletion to detect and report index corruption during VACUUM, and to
avoid having VACUUM become stuck in more cases. The code is still not
robust in the presence of a circular chain of sibling links, though it's
not clear whether that really matters. This is follow-up work to commit
3a01f68e.
The new defensive checks rely on the assumption that there can be no
more than one VACUUM operation running for an index at any given time.
Remove an old comment suggesting that multiple concurrent VACUUMs need
to be considered here. This concern now seems highly unlikely to have
any real validity, since we clearly rely on the same assumption in
several other places. For example, there are much more recent comments
that appear in the same function (added by commit efada2b8e9) that make
the same assumption.
Also add a CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() to the relevant code path. Contrary
to comments added by commit 3a01f68e, it is actually possible to handle
interrupts here, at least in the common case where processing takes
place at the leaf level. We only hold a pin on leafbuf/target page when
stepping right at the leaf level.
No backpatch due to the lack of complaints following hardening added to
the same area by commit 3a01f68e.
The # of bytes processed was accumulated slightly incorrectly. After
loading more data to the input buffer, we added the number of bytes in
the buffer to the sum. But in case of multi-byte characters or escapes,
there can be a few unprocessed bytes left over from previous load in the
buffer. Those bytes got counted twice.
In the error messages referring to the user right "Lock pages in
memory", this is a term from the Windows OS, so it should be
translated in accordance with the OS localization. Refactor the error
messages so this is easier and clearer. Also fix the capitalization
to match the existing capitalization in the OS.
This patch adds the possibility to move indexes to a new tablespace
while rebuilding them. Both the concurrent and the non-concurrent cases
are supported, and the following set of restrictions apply:
- When using TABLESPACE with a REINDEX command that targets a
partitioned table or index, all the indexes of the leaf partitions are
moved to the new tablespace. The tablespace references of the non-leaf,
partitioned tables in pg_class.reltablespace are not changed. This
requires an extra ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE.
- Any index on a toast table rebuilt as part of a parent table is kept
in its original tablespace.
- The operation is forbidden on system catalogs, including trying to
directly move a toast relation with REINDEX. This results in an error
if doing REINDEX on a single object. REINDEX SCHEMA, DATABASE and
SYSTEM skip system relations when TABLESPACE is used.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
If a portal is used to run a prepared CALL or DO statement that
contains a ROLLBACK, PortalRunMulti fails because the portal's
statement list gets cleared by the rollback. (Since the grammar
doesn't allow CALL/DO in PREPARE, the only easy way to get to this is
via extended query protocol, which treats all inputs as prepared
statements.) It's difficult to avoid resetting the portal early
because of resource-management issues, so work around this by teaching
PortalRunMulti to be wary of portal->stmts having suddenly become NIL.
The crash has only been seen to occur in v13 and HEAD (as a
consequence of commit 1cff1b95a having added an extra touch of
portal->stmts). But even before that, the code involved touching a
List that the portal no longer has any claim on. In the test case at
hand, the List will still exist because of another refcount on the
cached plan; but I'm far from convinced that it's impossible for the
cached plan to have been dropped by the time control gets back to
PortalRunMulti. Hence, backpatch to v11 where nested transactions
were added.
Thomas Munro and Tom Lane, per bug #16811 from James Inform
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16811-c1b599b2c6c2d622@postgresql.org
The logic for converting the shell-glob-like syntax supported by
utilities like psql and pg_dump to regular expression is
extracted into a new function patternToSQLRegex. The existing
function processSQLNamePattern now uses this function as a
subroutine.
patternToSQLRegex is a little more general than what is required
by processSQLNamePattern. That function is only interested in
patterns that can have up to 2 parts, a schema and a relation;
but patternToSQLRegex can limit the maximum number of parts to
between 1 and 3, so that patterns can look like either
"database.schema.relation", "schema.relation", or "relation"
depending on how it's invoked and what the user specifies.
processSQLNamePattern only passes two buffers, so works exactly
the same as before, always interpreting the pattern as either
a "schema.relation" pattern or a "relation" pattern. But,
future callers can use this function in other ways.
Mark Dilger, reviewed by me. The larger patch series of which this is
a part has also had review from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund, Álvaro
Herrera, Michael Paquier, and Amul Sul, but I don't know whether
any of them have reviewed this bit specifically.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/12ED3DA8-25F0-4B68-937D-D907CFBF08E7@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/5F743835-3399-419C-8324-2D424237E999@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/70655DF3-33CE-4527-9A4D-DDEB582B6BA0@enterprisedb.com
Now that commit 62f34097c attached BKI_LOOKUP annotation to all the
namespace and role OID columns in the catalogs, there's no real reason
to have the magic PGNSP and PGUID symbols. Get rid of them in favor
of implementing those lookups according to genbki.pl's normal pattern.
This means that in the catalog headers, BKI_DEFAULT(PGNSP) becomes
BKI_DEFAULT(pg_catalog), which seems a lot more transparent.
BKI_DEFAULT(PGUID) becomes BKI_DEFAULT(POSTGRES), which is perhaps
less so; but you can look into pg_authid.dat to discover that
POSTGRES is the nonce name for the bootstrap superuser.
This change also means that if we ever need cross-references in the
initial catalog data to any of the other built-in roles besides
POSTGRES, or to some other built-in schema besides pg_catalog,
we can just do it.
No catversion bump here, as there's no actual change in the contents
of postgres.bki.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3240355.1612129197@sss.pgh.pa.us
Generation expressions of generated columns are always inherited, so
there is no need to set them separately in child tables, and there is
no syntax to do so either. The code previously used the code paths
for the handling of default values, for which different rules apply;
in particular it might want to set a default value explicitly for an
inherited column. This resulted in unrestorable dumps. For generated
columns, just skip them in inherited tables.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/15830.1575468847%40sss.pgh.pa.us
This follows in the spirit of commit dfb75e478, which created primary
key and uniqueness constraints to improve the visibility of constraints
imposed on the system catalogs. While our catalogs contain many
foreign-key-like relationships, they don't quite follow SQL semantics,
in that the convention for an omitted reference is to write zero not
NULL. Plus, we have some cases in which there are arrays each of whose
elements is supposed to be an FK reference; SQL has no way to model that.
So we can't create actual foreign key constraints to describe the
situation. Nonetheless, we can collect and use knowledge about these
relationships.
This patch therefore adds annotations to the catalog header files to
declare foreign-key relationships. (The BKI_LOOKUP annotations cover
simple cases, but we weren't previously distinguishing which such
columns are allowed to contain zeroes; we also need new markings for
multi-column FK references.) Then, Catalog.pm and genbki.pl are
taught to collect this information into a table in a new generated
header "system_fk_info.h". The only user of that at the moment is
a new SQL function pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys(), which exposes the
table to SQL. The oidjoins regression test is rewritten to use
pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys() to find out which columns to check.
Aside from removing the need for manual maintenance of that test
script, this allows it to cover numerous relationships that were not
checked by the old implementation based on findoidjoins. (As of this
commit, 217 relationships are checked by the test, versus 181 before.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3240355.1612129197@sss.pgh.pa.us
The prototype calls the second argument of
pgstat_progress_update_multi_param() "index", and some callers name
their local variable that way. But when the surrounding code deals
with index relations, this is confusing, and in at least one case
shadowed another variable that is referring to an index relation.
Adjust those call sites to have clearer local variable naming, similar
to existing callers in indexcmds.c.
It turns out that the calculation of [Merge]AppendPath.partitioned_rels
in allpaths.c is faulty and sometimes omits relevant non-leaf partitions,
allowing an assertion added by commit a929e17e5a to trigger. Rather
than fix that, it seems better to get rid of those fields altogether.
We don't really need the info until create_plan time, and calculating
it once for the selected plan should be cheaper than calculating it
for each append path we consider.
The preceding two commits did away with all use of the partitioned_rels
values; this commit just mechanically removes the fields and the code
that calculated them.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sg8tqhsl.fsf@aurora.ydns.eu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5gCXDSmFs2c=R+VGgn7FiYcLCsEFEuDNNLGfoha=pBE_g@mail.gmail.com
It turns out that the calculation of [Merge]AppendPath.partitioned_rels
in allpaths.c is faulty and sometimes omits relevant non-leaf partitions,
allowing an assertion added by commit a929e17e5a to trigger. Rather
than fix that, it seems better to get rid of those fields altogether.
We don't really need the info until create_plan time, and calculating
it once for the selected plan should be cheaper than calculating it
for each append path we consider.
This patch undoes a couple of very minor uses of the partitioned_rels
values.
createplan.c was testing for nil-ness to optimize away the preparatory
work for make_partition_pruneinfo(). That is worth doing if the check
is nigh free, but it's not worth going to any great lengths to avoid.
create_append_path() was testing for nil-ness as part of deciding how
to set up ParamPathInfo for an AppendPath. I replaced that with a
check for the appendrel's parent rel being partitioned. That's not
quite the same thing but should cover most cases. If we note any
interesting loss of optimizations, we can dumb this down to just
always use the more expensive method when the parent is a baserel.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sg8tqhsl.fsf@aurora.ydns.eu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5gCXDSmFs2c=R+VGgn7FiYcLCsEFEuDNNLGfoha=pBE_g@mail.gmail.com
It turns out that the calculation of [Merge]AppendPath.partitioned_rels
in allpaths.c is faulty and sometimes omits relevant non-leaf partitions,
allowing an assertion added by commit a929e17e5a to trigger. Rather
than fix that, it seems better to get rid of those fields altogether.
We don't really need the info until create_plan time, and calculating
it once for the selected plan should be cheaper than calculating it
for each append path we consider.
As a first step, teach make_partition_pruneinfo to collect the relevant
partitioned tables for itself. It's not hard to do so by traversing
from child tables up to parents using the AppendRelInfo links.
While here, make some minor stylistic improvements; mainly, don't use
the "Relids" alias for bitmapsets that are not identities of any
relation considered by the planner. Try to document the logic better,
too.
No backpatch, as there does not seem to be a live problem before
a929e17e5a. Also no new regression test; the code where the bug
was will be gone at the end of this patch series, so it seems a
bit pointless to memorialize the issue.
Tom Lane and David Rowley, per reports from Andreas Seltenreich
and Jaime Casanova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sg8tqhsl.fsf@aurora.ydns.eu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5gCXDSmFs2c=R+VGgn7FiYcLCsEFEuDNNLGfoha=pBE_g@mail.gmail.com
This adds the SQL standard feature that adds the SEARCH and CYCLE
clauses to recursive queries to be able to do produce breadth- or
depth-first search orders and detect cycles. These clauses can be
rewritten into queries using existing syntax, and that is what this
patch does in the rewriter.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/db80ceee-6f97-9b4a-8ee8-3ba0c58e5be2@2ndquadrant.com
This is a replacement for the existing --with-openssl, extending the
logic to make easier the addition of new SSL libraries. The grammar is
chosen to be similar to --with-uuid, where multiple values can be
chosen, with "openssl" as the only supported value for now.
The original switch, --with-openssl, is kept for compatibility.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAB21FC8-0F62-434F-AA78-6BD9336D630A@yesql.se
On machines where sizeof(Datum) > sizeof(Oid) (that is, any 64-bit
platform), the previous coding would compute a misaligned
workspace->index pointer if nupper is odd. Architectures where
misaligned access is a hard no-no would then fail. This appears
to explain why thorntail is unhappy but other buildfarm members
are not.
The latestRemovedXid values used by nbtree deletion operations are
determined by _bt_delitems_delete()'s caller, so there is no reason to
pass a separate heapRel argument.
Oversight in commit d168b66682.
When to_tsquery() or websearch_to_tsquery() meet a complex morph containing
multiple words residing adjacent position, these words are connected
with OP_AND operator. That leads to surprising results. For instace,
both websearch_to_tsquery('"pg_class pg"') and to_tsquery('pg_class <-> pg')
produce '( pg & class ) <-> pg' tsquery. This tsquery requires
'pg' and 'class' words to reside on the same position and doesn't match
to to_tsvector('pg_class pg'). It appears to be ridiculous behavior, which
needs to be fixed.
This commit makes to_tsquery() or websearch_to_tsquery() connect words
residing adjacent position with OP_PHRASE. Therefore, now those words are
normally chained with other OP_PHRASE operator. The examples of above now
produces 'pg <-> class <-> pg' tsquery, which matches to
to_tsvector('pg_class pg').
Another effect of this commit is that complex morph word positions now need to
match the tsvector even if there is no surrounding OP_PHRASE. This behavior
change generally looks like an improvement but making this commit not
backpatchable.
Reported-by: Barry Pederson
Bug: #16592
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16592-70b110ff9731c07d@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdv0EzVhf6CWfB1_TTZqXV_2Sn-jSY3zSd7ePH%3D-%2B1V2DQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Neil Chen
For those system catalogs that have a unique indexes, make a primary
key and unique constraint, using ALTER TABLE ... PRIMARY KEY/UNIQUE
USING INDEX.
This can be helpful for GUI tools that look for a primary key, and it
might in the future allow declaring foreign keys, for making schema
diagrams.
The constraint creation statements are automatically created by
genbki.pl from DECLARE_UNIQUE_INDEX directives. To specify which one
of the available unique indexes is the primary key, use the new
directive DECLARE_UNIQUE_INDEX_PKEY instead. By convention, we
usually make a catalog's OID column its primary key, if it has one.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dc5f44d9-5ec1-a596-0251-dadadcdede98@2ndquadrant.com
The SQL standard allows a GRANTED BY clause on GRANT and
REVOKE (privilege) statements that can specify CURRENT_USER or
CURRENT_ROLE. In PostgreSQL, both of these are the default behavior.
Since we already have all the parsing support for this for the
GRANT (role) statement, we might as well add basic support for this
for the privilege variant as well. This allows us to check off SQL
feature T332. In the future, perhaps more interesting things could be
done with this, too.
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9@2ndquadrant.com
Given a permanent relation rewritten in the current transaction, the
old_snapshot_threshold mechanism assumed the relation had never been
subject to early pruning. Hence, a query could fail to report "snapshot
too old" when the rewrite followed an early truncation. ALTER TABLE SET
TABLESPACE is probably the only rewrite mechanism capable of exposing
this bug. REINDEX sets indcheckxmin, avoiding the problem. CLUSTER has
zeroed page LSNs since before old_snapshot_threshold existed, so
old_snapshot_threshold has never cooperated with it. ALTER TABLE
... SET DATA TYPE makes the table look empty to every past snapshot,
which is strictly worse. Back-patch to v13, where commit
c6b92041d3 broke this.
Kyotaro Horiguchi and Noah Misch
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210113.160705.2225256954956139776.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
CREATE PUBLICATION has failed spuriously when applied to a permanent
relation created or rewritten in the current transaction. Make the same
change to another site having the same semantic intent; the second
instance has no user-visible consequences. Back-patch to v13, where
commit c6b92041d3 broke this.
Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210113.160705.2225256954956139776.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
In a cluster having used CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY while having enabled
prepared transactions, queries that use the resulting index can silently
fail to find rows. Fix this for future CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY by
making it wait for prepared transactions like it waits for ordinary
transactions. This expands the VirtualTransactionId structure domain to
admit prepared transactions. It may be necessary to reindex to recover
from past occurrences. Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Andrey Borodin, reviewed (in earlier versions) by Tom Lane and Michael
Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2E712143-97F7-4890-B470-4A35142ABC82@yandex-team.ru
4c9c359, that introduced those two functions, has been overoptimistic on
the point that only ShareUpdateExclusiveLock would be required when
moving a relation to a new tablespace. AccessExclusiveLock is a
requirement, but ShareUpdateExclusiveLock may be used under specific
conditions like REINDEX CONCURRENTLY where waits on past transactions
make the operation safe even with a lower-level lock. The current code
does only the former, so update the existing comments to reflect that.
Once a REINDEX (TABLESPACE) is introduced, those comments would require
an extra refresh to mention their new use case.
While on it, fix an incorrect variable name.
Per discussion with Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210127140741.GA14174@alvherre.pgsql
pg_standby was useful more than a decade ago, but now it is obsolete.
It has been proposed that we retire it many times. Now seems like a
good time to finally do it, because "waiting restore commands"
are incompatible with a proposed recovery prefetching feature.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201029024412.GP5380%40telsasoft.com
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Per buildfarm and local experimentation, bleeding-edge gcc isn't
convinced that the MemSet in reorder_function_arguments() is safe.
Shut it up by adding an explicit check that pronargs isn't negative,
and by changing MemSet to memset. (It appears that either change is
enough to quiet the warning at -O2, but let's do both to be sure.)
In trying to protect the user from inconsistent behavior, commit
487e9861d0 "Enable BEFORE row-level triggers for partitioned tables"
tried to prevent BEFORE UPDATE FOR EACH ROW triggers from moving the row
from one partition to another. However, it turns out that the
restriction is wrong in two ways: first, it fails spuriously, preventing
valid situations from working, as in bug #16794; and second, they don't
protect from any misbehavior, because tuple routing would cope anyway.
Fix by removing that restriction.
We keep the same restriction on BEFORE INSERT FOR EACH ROW triggers,
though. It is valid and useful there. In the future we could remove it
by having tuple reroute work for inserts as it does for updates.
Backpatch to 13.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Phillip Menke <pg@pmenke.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16794-350a655580fbb9ae@postgresql.org
perform_pruning_combine_step() was not taught about the number of
partition indexes used in hash partitioning; more embarrassingly,
get_matching_hash_bounds() also had it wrong. These errors are masked
in the common case where all the partitions have the same modulus
and no partition is missing. However, with missing or unequal-size
partitions, we could erroneously prune some partitions that need
to be scanned, leading to silently wrong query answers.
While a minimal-footprint fix for this could be to export
get_partition_bound_num_indexes and make the incorrect functions use it,
I'm of the opinion that that function should never have existed in the
first place. It's not reasonable data structure design that
PartitionBoundInfoData lacks any explicit record of the length of
its indexes[] array. Perhaps that was all right when it could always
be assumed equal to ndatums, but something should have been done about
it as soon as that stopped being true. Putting in an explicit
"nindexes" field makes both partition_bounds_equal() and
partition_bounds_copy() simpler, safer, and faster than before,
and removes explicit knowledge of the number-of-partition-indexes
rules from some other places too.
This change also makes get_hash_partition_greatest_modulus obsolete.
I left that in place in case any external code uses it, but no core
code does anymore.
Per bug #16840 from Michał Albrycht. Back-patch to v11 where the
hash partitioning code came in. (In the back branches, add the new
field at the end of PartitionBoundInfoData to minimize ABI risks.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16840-571a22976f829ad4@postgresql.org
We had "short *mdy" in the extern declarations, but "short mdy[3]"
in the actual function definitions. Per C99 these are equivalent,
but recent versions of gcc have started to issue warnings about
the inconsistency. Clean it up before the warnings get any more
widespread.
Back-patch, in case anyone wants to build older PG versions with
bleeding-edge compilers.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2401575.1611764534@sss.pgh.pa.us
doConnect() never returns connections in state CONNECTION_BAD, so
checking for that is pointless. Remove the code that does.
This code has been dead since ba708ea3dc, 20 years ago.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210126195224.GA20361@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
CREATE TABLE AS has been preferred over SELECT INTO (outside of ecpg
and PL/pgSQL) for a long time. There were still a few uses of SELECT
INTO in tests and documentation, some old, some more recent. This
changes them to CREATE TABLE AS. Some occurrences in the tests remain
where they are specifically testing SELECT INTO parsing or similar.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/96dc0df3-e13a-a85d-d045-d6e2c85218da%40enterprisedb.com
Conversions between EUC_TW and Big5 were previously implemented by
converting the whole input to MIC first, and then from MIC to the target
encoding. Implement functions to convert directly between the two.
The reason to do this now is that I'm working on a patch that will change
the conversion function signature so that if the input is invalid, we
convert as much as we can and return the number of bytes successfully
converted. That's not possible if we use an intermediary format, because
if an error happens in the intermediary -> final conversion, we lose track
of the location of the invalid character in the original input. Avoiding
the intermediate step makes the conversions faster, too.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/b9e3167f-f84b-7aa4-5738-be578a4db924%40iki.fi
This makes pg_verify_mbstr() function faster, by allowing more efficient
encoding-specific implementations. All the implementations included in
this commit are pretty naive, they just call the same encoding-specific
verifychar functions that were used previously, but that already gives a
performance boost because the tight character-at-a-time loop is simpler.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e7861509-3960-538a-9025-b75a61188e01@iki.fi
When building aggregate expression steps, strict checks need a bailout
jump for when a null value is encountered, so there is a list of steps
that require later adjustment. Adding entries to that list for steps
that aren't actually strict would be harmless, except that there is an
Assert which catches them. This leads to spurious errors on asserts
builds, for data sets that trigger parallel aggregation of an
aggregate with a non-strict deserialization function (no such
aggregates exist in the core system).
Repair by not adding the adjustment entry when it's not needed.
Backpatch back to 11 where the code was introduced.
Per a report from Darafei (Komzpa) of the PostGIS project; analysis
and patch by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87mty7peb3.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
The same code pattern was repeated four times when compiling a SHA-2
hash. This refactoring has the advantage to issue a compilation warning
if a new value is added to pg_cryptohash_type, so as anybody doing an
addition in this area would need to consider if support for a new SQL
function is needed or not.
Author: Sehrope Sarkuni, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YA7DvLRn2xnTgsMc@paquier.xyz
When commit f425b605 introduced cost based vacuum delays back in 2004,
the defaults reflected then-current trends in hardware, as well as
certain historical limitations in PostgreSQL. There have been enormous
improvements in both areas since that time. The cost limit GUC defaults
finally became much more representative of current trends following
commit cbccac37, which decreased autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay's default
by 10x for PostgreSQL 12 (it went from 20ms to only 2ms).
The relative costs have shifted too. This should also be accounted for
by the defaults. More specifically, the relative importance of avoiding
dirtying pages within VACUUM has greatly increased, primarily due to
main memory capacity scaling and trends in flash storage. Within
Postgres itself, improvements like sequential access during index
vacuuming (at least in nbtree and GiST indexes) have also been
contributing factors.
To reflect all this, decrease the default of vacuum_cost_page_miss to 2.
Since the default of vacuum_cost_page_dirty remains 20, dirtying a page
is now considered 10x "costlier" than a page miss by default.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmLPFnkWT8xMjmcsm7YS3+_Qi3iRWAb2+_Bc8UhVyHfuA@mail.gmail.com
Since the CLOG page number is not recorded directly in the checkpoint
record, we have to use ShmemVariableCache->nextXid to figure out the
latest CLOG page number at the start of recovery. However, as recovery
progresses, replay of CLOG/EXTEND records will update our notion of
the latest page number, and we should rely on that being accurate
rather than recomputing the value based on an updated notion of
nextXid. ShmemVariableCache->nextXid is only an approximation
during recovery anyway, whereas CLOG/EXTEND records are an
authoritative representation of how the SLRU has been updated.
Commit 0fcc2decd4 makes this
simplification possible, as before that change clog_redo() might
have injected a bogus value here, and we'd want to get rid of
that before entering normal running.
Patch by me, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZYig9+AQodhF5sRXuKkJ=RgFDugLr3XX_dz_F-p=TwTg@mail.gmail.com
The comment is no longer accurate, and hasn't been entirely accurate
since Hot Standby was introduced. The original idea here was that
StartupCLOG() wouldn't be called until the end of recovery and
therefore this value would be uninitialized when this code is reached,
but Hot Standby made that true only when hot_standby=off, and commit
1f113abdf8 means that this value is now
always initialized before replay even starts.
The original purpose of this code was to bypass the sanity check
in SimpleLruTruncate(), which will no longer occur: now, if something
is wrong, that sanity check might trip during recovery. That's
probably a good thing, because in the current code base
latest_page_number should always be initialized and therefore we
expect that the sanity check should pass. If it doesn't, something
has gone wrong, and complaining about it is appropriate.
Patch by me, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZYig9+AQodhF5sRXuKkJ=RgFDugLr3XX_dz_F-p=TwTg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the hot_standby=off code path did this at end of recovery,
while the hot_standby=on code path did it at the beginning of recovery.
It's better to do this in only one place because (a) it's simpler,
(b) StartupCLOG() is trivial so trying to postpone the work isn't
useful, and (c) this will make it possible to simplify some other
logic.
Patch by me, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZYig9+AQodhF5sRXuKkJ=RgFDugLr3XX_dz_F-p=TwTg@mail.gmail.com
Avoid calling heap_index_delete_tuples() with an empty deltids array to
avoid an assertion failure.
This issue was arguably an oversight in commit b5f58cf2, though the
failing assert itself was added by my recent commit d168b666. No
backpatch, though, since the oversight is harmless in the back branches.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reported-By: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5jscES84n3puE=sYngyF+zpb4wv8UMtuLnLPv5z=6yyNw@mail.gmail.com
Two code paths of tablecmds.c (for relations with storage and without
storage) use the same logic to check if the move of a relation to a
new tablespace is allowed or not and to update pg_class.reltablespace
and pg_class.relfilenode.
A potential TABLESPACE clause for REINDEX, CLUSTER and VACUUM FULL needs
similar checks to make sure that nothing is moved around in illegal ways
(no mapped relations, shared relations only in pg_global, no move of
temp tables owned by other backends).
This reorganizes the existing code of ALTER TABLE so as all this logic
is controlled by two new routines that can be reused for the other
commands able to move relations across tablespaces, limiting the number
of code paths in need of the same protections. This also removes some
code that was duplicated for tables with and without storage for ALTER
TABLE.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YA+9mAMWYLXJMVPL@paquier.xyz
SPI_execute_with_receiver and SPI_cursor_parse_open_with_paramlist are
new in v14 (cf. commit 2f48ede08). Before they can get out the door,
let's change their APIs to follow the practice recently established by
SPI_prepare_extended etc: shove all optional arguments into a struct
that callers are supposed to pre-zero. The hope is to allow future
addition of more options without either API breakage or a continuing
proliferation of new SPI entry points. With that in mind, choose
slightly more generic names for them: SPI_execute_extended and
SPI_cursor_parse_open respectively.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRCLPdDAETvR7Po7gC5y_ibkn_-bOzbeJb39WHms01194Q@mail.gmail.com
For obscure reasons, some buildfarm members are now generating
complaints about plpgsql_call_handler's "retval" variable possibly
being used uninitialized. It seems no less safe than it was before
that commit, but these complaints are (mostly?) new. I trust that
initializing the variable where it's declared will be enough to
shut that up.
I also notice that some compilers are warning about setjmp clobber
of the same variable, which is maybe a bit more defensible. Mark
it volatile to silence that.
Also, rearrange the logic to give procedure_resowner a single
point of initialization, in hopes of silencing some setjmp-clobber
warnings about that. (Marking it volatile would serve too, but
its sibling variables are depending on single assignment, so let's
stick with that method.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1l4F1z-0000cN-Lx@gemulon.postgresql.org
The loops to identify word boundaries could access past the end of
the input string. Likely that would never result in an actual
crash, but it makes valgrind unhappy.
The logic to try different numbers of words didn't work when the
input has two words but we only have a match to the first, eg
"\h with select". (We must "continue" the pass loop, not "break".)
The logic to compute nl_count was bizarrely managed, and in at
least two code paths could end up calling PageOutput with
nl_count = 0, resulting in failing to paginate output that should
have been fed to the pager. Also, in v12 and up, the nl_count
calculation hadn't been updated to account for the addition of a URL.
The PQExpBuffer holding the command syntax details wasn't freed,
resulting in a session-lifespan memory leak.
While here, improve some comments, choose a more descriptive name
for a variable, fix inconsistent datatype choice for another variable.
Per bug #16837 from Alexander Lakhin. This code is very old,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Kyotaro Horiguchi and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16837-479bcd56040c71b3@postgresql.org
This patch essentially is cleaning up technical debt left behind
by the original implementation of plpgsql procedures, particularly
commit d92bc83c4. That patch (or more precisely, follow-on patches
fixing its worst bugs) forced us to re-plan CALL and DO statements
each time through, if we're in a non-atomic context. That wasn't
for any fundamental reason, but just because use of a saved plan
requires having a ResourceOwner to hold a reference count for the
plan, and we had no suitable resowner at hand, nor would the
available APIs support using one if we did. While it's not that
expensive to create a "plan" for CALL/DO, the cycles do add up
in repeated executions.
This patch therefore makes the following API changes:
* GetCachedPlan/ReleaseCachedPlan are modified to let the caller
specify which resowner to use to pin the plan, rather than forcing
use of CurrentResourceOwner.
* spi.c gains a "SPI_execute_plan_extended" entry point that lets
callers say which resowner to use to pin the plan. This borrows the
idea of an options struct from the recently added SPI_prepare_extended,
hopefully allowing future options to be added without more API breaks.
This supersedes SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist (which I've marked
deprecated) as well as SPI_execute_plan_with_receiver (which is new
in v14, so I just took it out altogether).
* I also took the opportunity to remove the crude hack of letting
plpgsql reach into SPI private data structures to mark SPI plans as
"no_snapshot". It's better to treat that as an option of
SPI_prepare_extended.
Now, when running a non-atomic procedure or DO block that contains
any CALL or DO commands, plpgsql creates a ResourceOwner that
will be used to pin the plans of the CALL/DO commands. (In an
atomic context, we just use CurrentResourceOwner, as before.)
Having done this, we can just save CALL/DO plans normally,
whether or not they are used across transaction boundaries.
This seems to be good for something like 2X speedup of a CALL
of a trivial procedure with a few simple argument expressions.
By restricting the creation of an extra ResourceOwner like this,
there's essentially zero penalty in cases that can't benefit.
Pavel Stehule, with some further hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRCLPdDAETvR7Po7gC5y_ibkn_-bOzbeJb39WHms01194Q@mail.gmail.com
Up until now, we've held this lock when performing a checkpoint or
restartpoint, but commit 076a055acf back
in 2004 and commit 7e48b77b1c from 2009,
taken together, have removed all need for this. In the present code,
there's only ever one process entitled to attempt a checkpoint: either
the checkpointer, during normal operation, or the postmaster, during
single-user operation. So, we don't need the lock.
One possible concern in making this change is that it means that
a substantial amount of code where HOLD_INTERRUPTS() was previously
in effect due to the preceding LWLockAcquire() will now be
running without that. This could mean that ProcessInterrupts()
gets called in places from which it didn't before. However, this
seems unlikely to do very much, because the checkpointer doesn't
have any signal mapped to die(), so it's not clear how,
for example, ProcDiePending = true could happen in the first
place. Similarly with ClientConnectionLost and recovery conflicts.
Also, if there are any such problems, we might want to fix them
rather than reverting this, since running lots of code with
interrupt handling suspended is generally bad.
Patch by me, per an inquiry by Amul Sul. Review by Tom Lane
and Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97XnBBfYeSREDJorFsyoD1sHgqnNuCi=02mNQBUMnA=FA@mail.gmail.com
Both heapgettup() and heapgettup_pagemode() incorrectly set the first page
to scan in a backward scan in which the number of pages to scan was
specified by heap_setscanlimits(). The code incorrectly started the scan
at the end of the relation when startBlk was 0, or otherwise at
startBlk - 1, neither of which is correct when only scanning a subset of
pages.
The fix here checks if heap_setscanlimits() has changed the number of
pages to scan and if so we set the first page to scan as the final page in
the specified range during backward scans.
Proper adjustment of this code was forgotten when heap_setscanlimits() was
added in 7516f5259 back in 9.5. However, practice, nowhere in core code
performs backward scans after having used heap_setscanlimits(), yet, it is
possible an extension uses the heap functions in this way, hence
backpatch.
An upcoming patch does use heap_setscanlimits() with backward scans, so
this must be fixed before that can go in.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpGc9h0_oVD2CtgBcxCS1N-qDYZSeBRnUh+0CWJA9cMaA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5, all supported versions
Commit 69bd60672 fixed the initialization of streamed transactions for
RelationSyncEntry. It forgot to initialize the publication actions while
invalidating the RelationSyncEntry due to which even though the relation
is dropped from a particular publication we still publish its changes. Fix
it by initializing pubactions when entry got invalidated.
Author: Japin Li and Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACV+0UFpcZs5czYgBpujM9p0Hg1qdOZai_43OU7bqHU_xw@mail.gmail.com
This file has failed headerscheck/cpluspluscheck verification since
commit 0650ff230, as a result of referencing typedef TimestampTz
without including the appropriate header.
DST law changes in Russia (Volgograd zone) and South Sudan.
Historical corrections for Australia, Bahamas, Belize, Bermuda,
Ghana, Israel, Kenya, Nigeria, Palestine, Seychelles, and Vanuatu.
Notably, the Australia/Currie zone has been corrected to the point
where it is identical to Australia/Hobart.
This adds code omitted from commit 7db0cd2145 by accident, which had
two consequences. Firstly, only rows inserted by heap_multi_insert were
frozen as expected when running COPY FREEZE, while heap_insert left
rows unfrozen. That however includes rows in TOAST tables, so a lot of
data might have been left unfrozen. Secondly, page might have been left
partially empty after relcache invalidation.
This addresses both of those issues.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdN-ptGv0mZntrK2Q8OtfUuAjqaYMGmkdU1dCKFtUxVLrg@mail.gmail.com
With this commit, SHA1 goes through the implementation provided by
OpenSSL via EVP when building the backend with it, and uses as fallback
implementation KAME which was located in pgcrypto and already shaped for
an integration with a set of init, update and final routines.
Structures and routines have been renamed to make things consistent with
the fallback implementations of MD5 and SHA2.
uuid-ossp has used for ages a shortcut with pgcrypto to fetch a copy of
SHA1 if needed. This was built depending on the build options within
./configure, so this cleans up some code and removes the build
dependency between pgcrypto and uuid-ossp.
Note that this will help with the refactoring of HMAC, as pgcrypto
offers the option to use MD5, SHA1 or SHA2, so only the second option
was missing to make that possible.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X9HXKTgrvJvYO7Oh@paquier.xyz
opt_distinct_clause is only used in PLpgSQL_Expr, which ecpg
ignores, so it needs to ignore opt_distinct_clause too.
My oversight in 7cd9765f9; reported by Bruce Momjian.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1l33wr-0005sJ-9n@gemulon.postgresql.org
libpq's error messages for connection failures pretty well stand on
their own, especially since commits 52a10224e/27a48e5a1. Prefixing
them with 'could not connect to database "foo"' or the like is just
redundant, and perhaps even misleading if the specific database name
isn't relevant to the failure. (When it is, we trust that the
backend's error message will include the DB name.) Indeed, psql
hasn't used any such prefix in a long time. So, make all our other
programs and documentation examples agree with psql's practice.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1094524.1611266589@sss.pgh.pa.us
I'd omitted this from the grammar in commit c9d529848, figuring that
it wasn't worth supporting. However we already have one complaint,
so it seems that judgment was wrong. It doesn't require a huge
amount of code, so add it back. (I'm still drawing the line at
UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT though: those'd require an unreasonable
amount of grammar refactoring, and the single-result-row restriction
makes them near useless anyway.)
Also rethink the documentation: this behavior is a property of
all pl/pgsql expressions, not just assignments.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210122134106.e94c5cd7@mail.verfriemelt.org
The callback for retrieving state change information during connection
setup was only installed when the connection was mostly set up, and
thus didn't provide much information and missed all the details related
to the handshake.
This also extends the callback with SSL_state_string_long() to print
more information about the state change within the SSL object handled.
While there, fix some comments which were incorrectly referring to the
callback and its previous location in fe-secure.c.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/232CF476-94E1-42F1-9408-719E2AEC5491@yesql.se
"connection to server so-and-so failed:" seems clearer than the
previous wording "could not connect to so-and-so:" (introduced by
52a10224e), because the latter suggests a network-level connection
failure. We're now prefixing this string to all types of connection
failures, for instance authentication failures; so we need wording
that doesn't imply a low-level error.
Per discussion with Robert Haas.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobssJ6rS22dspWnu-oDxXevGmhMD8VcRBjmj-b9UDqRjw@mail.gmail.com
Previously, pull_varnos() took the relids of a PlaceHolderVar as being
equal to the relids in its contents, but that fails to account for the
possibility that we have to postpone evaluation of the PHV due to outer
joins. This could result in a malformed plan. The known cases end up
triggering the "failed to assign all NestLoopParams to plan nodes"
sanity check in createplan.c, but other symptoms may be possible.
The right value to use is the join level we actually intend to evaluate
the PHV at. We can get that from the ph_eval_at field of the associated
PlaceHolderInfo. However, there are some places that call pull_varnos()
before the PlaceHolderInfos have been created; in that case, fall back
to the conservative assumption that the PHV will be evaluated at its
syntactic level. (In principle this might result in missing some legal
optimization, but I'm not aware of any cases where it's an issue in
practice.) Things are also a bit ticklish for calls occurring during
deconstruct_jointree(), but AFAICS the ph_eval_at fields should have
reached their final values by the time we need them.
The main problem in making this work is that pull_varnos() has no
way to get at the PlaceHolderInfos. We can fix that easily, if a
bit tediously, in HEAD by passing it the planner "root" pointer.
In the back branches that'd cause an unacceptable API/ABI break for
extensions, so leave the existing entry points alone and add new ones
with the additional parameter. (If an old entry point is called and
encounters a PHV, it'll fall back to using the syntactic level,
again possibly missing some valid optimization.)
Back-patch to v12. The computation is surely also wrong before that,
but it appears that we cannot reach a bad plan thanks to join order
restrictions imposed on the subquery that the PlaceHolderVar came from.
The error only became reachable when commit 4be058fe9 allowed trivial
subqueries to be collapsed out completely, eliminating their join order
restrictions.
Per report from Stephan Springl.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171041.1610849523@sss.pgh.pa.us
ExecInitModifyTable has to initialize batching for all result relations,
not just the first one. Furthermore, when junk filters were necessary,
the pointer pointed past the mtstate->resultRelInfo array.
Per reports from multiple non-x86 animals (florican, locust, ...).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200628151002.7x5laxwpgvkyiu3q@development
"cl /?" produces a different output if run on a real or a virtual drive
(this can be set with a simple subst command), causing an error in the
MSVC scripts if building on a virtual drive because the platform to use
cannot be detected.
"cl /help", on the contrary, produces a consistent output if used on a
real or virtual drive. Changing to "/help" allows the compilation to
work with a virtual drive as long as the top of the code repository is
part of the drive, without impacting the build on real drives.
Reported-by: Robert Grange
Author: Juan José Santamaría Flecha
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16825-c4f104bcebc67034@postgresql.org
Extends the FDW API to allow batching inserts into foreign tables. That
is usually much more efficient than inserting individual rows, due to
high latency for each round-trip to the foreign server.
It was possible to implement something similar in the regular FDW API,
but it was inconvenient and there were issues with reporting the number
of actually inserted rows etc. This extends the FDW API with two new
functions:
* GetForeignModifyBatchSize - allows the FDW picking optimal batch size
* ExecForeignBatchInsert - inserts a batch of rows at once
Currently, only INSERT queries support batching. Support for DELETE and
UPDATE may be added in the future.
This also implements batching for postgres_fdw. The batch size may be
specified using "batch_size" option both at the server and table level.
The initial patch version was written by me, but it was rewritten and
improved in many ways by Takayuki Tsunakawa.
Author: Takayuki Tsunakawa
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200628151002.7x5laxwpgvkyiu3q@development
The new command lists extended statistics objects. All past releases
with extended statistics are supported.
This is a simplified version of commit 891a1d0bca, which had to be
reverted due to not considering pg_statistic_ext_data is not accessible
by regular users. Fields requiring access to this catalog were removed.
It's possible to add them, but it'll require changes to core.
Author: Tatsuro Yamada
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Alvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra, Noriyoshi Shinoda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c027a541-5856-75a5-0868-341301e1624b%40nttcom.co.jp_1
It emerges that in some phases of the moon (perhaps to do with
directory entry order?), xcrun will report that the SDK path is
/Library/Developer/CommandLineTools/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk
which is normally a symlink to a version-numbered sibling directory.
Our heuristic to skip non-version-numbered pathnames was rejecting
that, which is the wrong thing to do. We'd still like to end up
with a version-numbered PG_SYSROOT value, but we can have that by
dereferencing the symlink.
Like the previous fix, back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/522433.1611089678@sss.pgh.pa.us
In commit 9eb5607e69, I got the condition on checking for split or
deleted page wrong: I used && instead of ||. The comment correctly said
"concurrent split _or_ deletion".
As a result, GiST insertion could miss a concurrent split, and insert to
wrong page. Duncan Sands demonstrated this with a test script that did a
lot of concurrent inserts.
Backpatch to v12, where this was introduced. REINDEX is required to fix
indexes that were affected by this bug.
Backpatch-through: 12
Reported-by: Duncan Sands
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/a9690483-6c6c-3c82-c8ba-dc1a40848f11%40deepbluecap.com
DROP OWNED BY has a specific code path to remove ACLs stored in
pg_default_acl when cleaning up shared dependencies that had no
coverage with the existing tests. This issue has been found while
digging into the bug fixed by 21378e1.
As ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES impacts the ACLs of all objects created
while the default permissions are visible, the test uses a transaction
rollback to isolate the test and avoid any impact with other sessions
running in parallel.
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YAbQ1OD+3ip4lRv8@paquier.xyz
Specifying duplicated objects in this command would lead to unique
constraint violations in pg_default_acl or "tuple already updated by
self" errors. Similarly to GRANT/REVOKE, increment the command ID after
each subcommand processing to allow this case to work transparently.
A regression test is added by tweaking one of the existing queries of
privileges.sql to stress this case.
Reported-by: Andrus
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ae2a7dc1-9d71-8cba-3bb9-e4cb7eb1f44e@hot.ee
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Somebody extended search_plan_tree() to treat MergeAppend exactly
like Append, which is 100% wrong, because unlike Append we can't
assume that only one input node is actively returning tuples.
Hence a cursor using a MergeAppend across a UNION ALL or inheritance
tree could falsely match a WHERE CURRENT OF query at a row that
isn't actually the cursor's current output row, but coincidentally
has the same TID (in a different table) as the current output row.
Delete the faulty code; this means that such a case will now return
an error like 'cursor "foo" is not a simply updatable scan of table
"bar"', instead of silently misbehaving. Users should not find that
surprising though, as the same cursor query could have failed that way
already depending on the chosen plan. (It would fail like that if the
sort were done with an explicit Sort node instead of MergeAppend.)
Expand the clearly-inadequate commentary to be more explicit about
what this code is doing, in hopes of forestalling future mistakes.
It's been like this for awhile, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/482865.1611075182@sss.pgh.pa.us
execCurrent.c's search_plan_tree() assumed that ForeignScanStates
and CustomScanStates necessarily have a valid ss_currentRelation.
This is demonstrably untrue for postgres_fdw's remote join and
remote aggregation plans, and non-leaf custom scans might not have
an identifiable scan relation either. Avoid crashing by ignoring
such nodes when the field is null.
This solution will lead to errors like 'cursor "foo" is not a
simply updatable scan of table "bar"' in cases where maybe we
could have allowed WHERE CURRENT OF to work. That's not an issue
for postgres_fdw's usages, since joins or aggregations would render
WHERE CURRENT OF invalid anyway. But an otherwise-transparent
upper level custom scan node might find this annoying. When and if
someone cares to expend work on such a scenario, we could invent a
custom-scan-provider callback to determine what's safe.
Report and patch by David Geier, commentary by me. It's been like
this for awhile, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0253344d-9bdd-11c4-7f0d-d88c02cd7991@swarm64.com
Previously, the per-barrier-type functions tasked with absorbing
them were expected to always succeed and never throw an error.
However, that's a bit inconvenient. Further study has revealed that
there are realistic cases where it might not be possible to absorb
a ProcSignalBarrier without terminating the transaction, or even
the whole backend. Similarly, for some barrier types, there might
be other reasons where it's not reasonably possible to absorb the
barrier at certain points in the code, so provide a way for a
per-barrier-type function to reject absorbing the barrier.
Unfortunately, there's still no committed code making use of this
infrastructure; hopefully, we'll get there. :-(
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund and Amul Sul.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20200908182005.xya7wetdh3pndzim@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob56Pk1-5aTJdVPCWFHon7me4M96ENpGe9n_R4JUjjhZA@mail.gmail.com
When certain parameters are changed on a physical replication primary,
this is communicated to standbys using the XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE WAL
record. The standby then checks whether its own settings are at least
as big as the ones on the primary. If not, the standby shuts down
with a fatal error.
This patch changes this behavior for hot standbys to pause recovery at
that point instead. That allows read traffic on the standby to
continue while database administrators figure out next steps. When
recovery is unpaused, the server shuts down (as before). The idea is
to fix the parameters while recovery is paused and then restart when
there is a maintenance window.
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4ad69a4c-cc9b-0dfe-0352-8b1b0cd36c7b@2ndquadrant.com
This continues the work done in b5913f6. All the options of those
commands are changed to use hex values rather than enums to reduce the
risk of compatibility bugs when introducing new options. Each option
set is moved into a new structure that can be extended with more
non-boolean options (this was already the case of VACUUM). The code of
REINDEX is restructured so as manual REINDEX commands go through a
single routine from utility.c, like VACUUM, to ease the allocation
handling of option parameters when a command needs to go through
multiple transactions.
This can be used as a base infrastructure for future patches related to
those commands, including reindex filtering and tablespace support.
Per discussion with people mentioned below, as well as Alvaro Herrera
and Peter Eisentraut.
Author: Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X8riynBLwxAD9uKk@paquier.xyz
Make sure COPY FREEZE marks the pages as PD_ALL_VISIBLE and updates the
visibility map. Until now we only marked individual tuples as frozen,
but page-level flags were not updated, so the first VACUUM after the
COPY FREEZE had to rewrite the whole table.
This is a fairly old patch, and multiple people worked on it. The first
version was written by Jeff Janes, and then reworked by Pavan Deolasee
and Anastasia Lubennikova.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Pavan Deolasee, Jeff Janes
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh, Jeff Janes, Tomas Vondra, Masahiko Sawada,
Andres Freund, Ibrar Ahmed, Robert Haas, Tatsuro Ishii,
Darafei Praliaskouski
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdN-ptGv0mZntrK2Q8OtfUuAjqaYMGmkdU1dCKFtUxVLrg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU%3D1w3osJJ2FneELhhNRLxfZitDgp9FPHee08NT2FQFmz_pQ%40mail.gmail.com
The stanza to report a "partial" match could overrun the initially
allocated output array, so it needs its own copy of the array-resizing
logic that's in the main loop. I overlooked the need for this in
ca8217c10.
Per report from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3206aace-50db-e02a-bbea-76d5cdaa2cb6@gmail.com
Specifying this parameter removes the informational messages about how
to start the server. This is intended for use by wrappers in different
packaging systems, where those instructions would most likely be wrong
anyway, but the other output from initdb would still be useful (and thus
just redirecting everything to /dev/null would be bad).
Author: Magnus Hagander
Reviewed-By: Peter Eisentraut
Discusion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEzo4t5bmTXF0_B9WzmuWpVbMpkNZZiGvzV8NZa-=fPqeQ@mail.gmail.com
This add counters for number of sessions, the different kind of session
termination types, and timers for how much time is spent in active vs
idle in a database to pg_stat_database.
Internally this also renames the parameter "force" to disconnect. This
was the only use-case for the parameter before, so repurposing it to
this mroe narrow usecase makes things cleaner than inventing something
new.
Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-By: Magnus Hagander, Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b07e1f9953701b90c66ed368656f2aef40cac4fb.camel@cybertec.at
The new command lists extended statistics objects, possibly with their
sizes. All past releases with extended statistics are supported.
Author: Tatsuro Yamada
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Alvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c027a541-5856-75a5-0868-341301e1624b%40nttcom.co.jp_1
The context is an object that no longer bears some aclitem that it bore
initially. (A user issued REVOKE or GRANT statements upon the object.)
pg_dump is forming SQL to reproduce the object ACL. Since initdb
creates no ACL bearing GRANT OPTION, reaching this bug requires an
extension where the creation script establishes such an ACL. No PGXN
extension does that. If an installation did reach the bug, pg_dump
would have omitted a semicolon, causing a REVOKE and the next SQL
statement to fail. Separately, since the affected code exists to
eliminate an entire aclitem, it wants plain REVOKE, not REVOKE GRANT
OPTION FOR. Back-patch to 9.6, where commit
23f34fa4ba first appeared.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210109102423.GA160022@rfd.leadboat.com
Every core SLRU wraps around. With the exception of pg_notify, the wrap
point can fall in the middle of a page. Account for this in the
PagePrecedes callback specification and in SimpleLruTruncate()'s use of
said callback. Update each callback implementation to fit the new
specification. This changes SerialPagePrecedesLogically() from the
style of asyncQueuePagePrecedes() to the style of CLOGPagePrecedes().
(Whereas pg_clog and pg_serial share a key space, pg_serial is nothing
like pg_notify.) The bug fixed here has the same symptoms and user
followup steps as 592a589a04. Back-patch
to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Andrey Borodin and (in earlier versions) by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190202083822.GC32531@gust.leadboat.com
The result of TextDatumGetCString is already palloc'ed so we don't need to
allocate memory for it again. We decide not to backpatch it as there
doesn't seem to be any case where it can create a meaningful leak.
Author: Zhijie Hou
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/229fed2eb8c54c71a96ccb99e516eb12@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Add a check that CREATE STATISTICS does not add extended statistics on
system catalogs, similarly to indexes etc. It can be overriden using
the allow_system_table_mods GUC.
This bug exists since 7b504eb282, adding the extended statistics, so
backpatch all the way back to PostgreSQL 10.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reported-by: Dean Rasheed
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXAPrrOKwEsyZKQ4uzzJQWBCt6QAvOcgqRGdWwT1zb%2BrQ%40mail.gmail.com
In cases where Xcode is newer than the underlying macOS version,
asking xcodebuild for the SDK path will produce a pointer to the
SDK shipped with Xcode, which may end up building code that does
not work on the underlying macOS version. It appears that in
such cases, xcodebuild's answer also fails to match the default
behavior of Apple's compiler: assuming one has installed Xcode's
"command line tools", there will be an SDK for the OS's own version
in /Library/Developer/CommandLineTools, and the compiler will
default to using that. This is all pretty poorly documented,
but experimentation suggests that "xcrun --show-sdk-path" gives
the sysroot path that the compiler is actually using, at least
in some cases. Hence, try that first, but revert to xcodebuild
if xcrun fails (in very old Xcode, it is missing or lacks the
--show-sdk-path switch).
Also, "xcrun --show-sdk-path" may give a path that is valid but lacks
any OS version identifier. We don't really want that, since most
of the motivation for wiring -isysroot into the build flags at all
is to ensure that all parts of a PG installation are built against
the same SDK, even when considering extensions built later and/or on
a different machine. Insist on finding "N.N" in the directory name
before accepting the result. (Adding "--sdk macosx" to the xcrun
call seems to produce the same answer as xcodebuild, but usually
more quickly because it's cached, so we also try that as a fallback.)
The core reason why we don't want to use Xcode's default SDK in cases
like this is that Apple's technology for introducing new syscalls
does not play nice with Autoconf: for example, configure will think
that preadv/pwritev exist when using a Big Sur SDK, even when building
on an older macOS version where they don't exist. It'd be nice to
have a better solution to that problem, but this patch doesn't attempt
to fix that.
Per report from Sergey Shinderuk. Back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ed3b8e5d-0da8-6ebd-fd1c-e0ac80a4b204@postgrespro.ru
This is like commit c98763bf51, but for REINDEX CONCURRENTLY. To wit:
this flags indicates that the current process is safe to ignore for the
purposes of waiting for other snapshots, when doing CREATE INDEX
CONCURRENTLY and REINDEX CONCURRENTLY. This helps two processes doing
either of those things not deadlock, and also avoids spurious waits.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hamid Akhtar <hamid.akhtar@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201130195439.GA24598@alvherre.pgsql
This is the same fix as commit 9eabfe300 applied to INDEX ATTACH
entries, but for table-to-publication attachments. As in that
case, even though the backend doesn't record "ownership" of the
attachment, we still ought to label it in the dump archive with
the role name that should run the ALTER PUBLICATION command.
The existing behavior causes the ALTER to be done by the original
role that started the restore; that will usually work fine, but
there may be corner cases where it fails.
The bulk of the patch is concerned with changing struct
PublicationRelInfo to include a pointer to the associated
PublicationInfo object, so that we can get the owner's name
out of that when the time comes. While at it, I rewrote
getPublicationTables() to do just one query of pg_publication_rel,
not one per table.
Back-patch to v10 where this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1165710.1610473242@sss.pgh.pa.us
When a tablespace is used in a partitioned relation (per commits
ca4103025d in pg12 for tables and 33e6c34c32 in pg11 for indexes),
it is possible to drop the tablespace, potentially causing various
problems. One such was reported in bug #16577, where a rewriting ALTER
TABLE causes a server crash.
Protect against this by using pg_shdepend to keep track of tablespaces
when used for relations that don't keep physical files; we now abort a
tablespace if we see that the tablespace is referenced from any
partitioned relations.
Backpatch this to 11, where this problem has been latent all along. We
don't try to create pg_shdepend entries for existing partitioned
indexes/tables, but any ones that are modified going forward will be
protected.
Note slight behavior change: when trying to drop a tablespace that
contains both regular tables as well as partitioned ones, you'd
previously get ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE and now you'll
get ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST. Arguably, the latter is more
correct.
It is possible to add protecting pg_shdepend entries for existing
tables/indexes, by doing
ALTER TABLE ONLY some_partitioned_table SET TABLESPACE pg_default;
ALTER TABLE ONLY some_partitioned_table SET TABLESPACE original_tablespace;
for each partitioned table/index that is not in the database default
tablespace. Because these partitioned objects do not have storage, no
file needs to be actually moved, so it shouldn't take more time than
what's required to acquire locks.
This query can be used to search for such relations:
SELECT ... FROM pg_class WHERE relkind IN ('p', 'I') AND reltablespace <> 0
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16577-881633a9f9894fd5@postgresql.org
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Commit fef5b47f6b added the regression test to check whether a standby is
able to follow a primary on a newer timeline when WAL archiving is enabled.
But the buildfarm member florican reported that this test failed because
the requested WAL segment was removed and replication failed. This is a
timing issue. Since neither replication slot is used nor wal_keep_size is set
in the test, checkpoint could remove the WAL segment that's still necessary
for replication.
This commit stabilizes the test by setting wal_keep_size.
Back-patch to v13 where the regression test that this commit stabilizes
was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X//PsenxcC50jDzX@paquier.xyz
This commit makes CLOSE, FETCH and MOVE commands tab-complete the list of
cursors. Also this commit makes DECLARE command tab-complete the options.
Author: Shinya Kato, Sawada Masahiko, tweaked by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Shinya Kato, Sawada Masahiko, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b0e4c5c53ef84c5395524f5056fc71f0@MP-MSGSS-MBX001.msg.nttdata.co.jp
Remove redundant function declaration and improve header comment in
pg_iovec.h. Move the new declaration in fd.h next to a group of more
similar functions.
Commit 709d003fbd refactored WAL-reading code, but accidentally caused
WalSndSegmentOpen() to fail to follow a timeline switch while reading from
a historic timeline. This issue caused a standby to fail to follow a primary
on a newer timeline when WAL archiving is enabled.
If there is a timeline switch within the segment, WalSndSegmentOpen() should
read from the WAL segment belonging to the new timeline. But previously
since it failed to follow a timeline switch, it tried to read the WAL segment
with old timeline. When WAL archiving is enabled, that WAL segment with
old timeline doesn't exist because it's renamed to .partial. This leads
a primary to have tried to read non-existent WAL segment, and which caused
replication to faill with the error "ERROR: requested WAL segment ... has
already been removed".
This commit fixes WalSndSegmentOpen() so that it's able to follow a timeline
switch, to ensure that a standby is able to follow a primary on a newer
timeline even when WAL archiving is enabled.
This commit also adds the regression test to check whether a standby is
able to follow a primary on a newer timeline when WAL archiving is enabled.
Back-patch to v13 where the bug was introduced.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201209.174314.282492377848029776.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
This commit addresses some issues with c3826f83 that moved the hex
decoding routine to src/common/:
- The decoding function lacked overflow checks, so when used for
security-related features it was an open door to out-of-bound writes if
not carefully used that could remain undetected. Like the base64
routines already in src/common/ used by SCRAM, this routine is reworked
to check for overflows by having the size of the destination buffer
passed as argument, with overflows checked before doing any writes.
- The encoding routine was missing. This is moved to src/common/ and
it gains the same overflow checks as the decoding part.
On failure, the hex routines of src/common/ issue an error as per the
discussion done to make them usable by frontend tools, but not by shared
libraries. Note that this is why ECPG is left out of this commit, and
it still includes a duplicated logic doing hex encoding and decoding.
While on it, this commit uses better variable names for the source and
destination buffers in the existing escape and base64 routines in
encode.c and it makes them more robust to overflow detection. The
previous core code issued a FATAL after doing out-of-bound writes if
going through the SQL functions, which would be enough to detect
problems when working on changes that impacted this area of the
code. Instead, an error is issued before doing an out-of-bound write.
The hex routines were being directly called for bytea conversions and
backup manifests without such sanity checks. The current calls happen
to not have any problems, but careless uses of such APIs could easily
lead to CVE-class bugs.
Author: Bruce Momjian, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Sehrope Sarkuni
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231003557.GB22199@momjian.us
macOS's ranlib issued a warning about an empty pread.o file with the
previous arrangement, on systems new enough to require no replacement
functions. Let's go back to using configure's AC_REPLACE_FUNCS system
to build and include each .o in the library only if it's needed, which
requires moving the *v() functions to their own files.
Also move the _with_retry() wrapper to a more permanent home.
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1283127.1610554395%40sss.pgh.pa.us
These need to be PR because they access the MyProcPort data structure,
which doesn't get copied to parallel workers. The very similar
functions inet_client_addr() and inet_client_port() are already
marked PR, but somebody missed these.
Although this is a pre-existing bug, we can't readily fix it in the back
branches since we can't force initdb. Given the small usage of these
two functions, and the even smaller likelihood that they'd get pushed to
a parallel worker anyway, it doesn't seem worth the trouble to suggest
that DBAs should fix it manually.
Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAT4aHP0Uxq91qpD7NL009tnUYQe-b14R3MnSVOjtE71g@mail.gmail.com
The point of this restriction is to avoid trying to substitute variables
into timestamp literal values, which may contain strings like '12:34'.
There is a good deal more that should be done to reduce pgbench's
tendency to substitute where it shouldn't. But this is sufficient to
solve the case complained of by Jaime Soler, and it's simple enough
to back-patch.
Back-patch to v11; before commit 9d36a3866, pgbench had a slightly
different definition of what a variable name is, and anyway it seems
unwise to change long-stable branches for this.
Fabien Coelho
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.22.394.2006291740420.805678@pseudo
Teach nbtree and heapam to cooperate in order to eagerly remove
duplicate tuples representing dead MVCC versions. This is "bottom-up
deletion". Each bottom-up deletion pass is triggered lazily in response
to a flood of versions on an nbtree leaf page. This usually involves a
"logically unchanged index" hint (these are produced by the executor
mechanism added by commit 9dc718bd).
The immediate goal of bottom-up index deletion is to avoid "unnecessary"
page splits caused entirely by version duplicates. It naturally has an
even more useful effect, though: it acts as a backstop against
accumulating an excessive number of index tuple versions for any given
_logical row_. Bottom-up index deletion complements what we might now
call "top-down index deletion": index vacuuming performed by VACUUM.
Bottom-up index deletion responds to the immediate local needs of
queries, while leaving it up to autovacuum to perform infrequent clean
sweeps of the index. The overall effect is to avoid certain
pathological performance issues related to "version churn" from UPDATEs.
The previous tableam interface used by index AMs to perform tuple
deletion (the table_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples() function) has been
replaced with a new interface that supports certain new requirements.
Many (perhaps all) of the capabilities added to nbtree by this commit
could also be extended to other index AMs. That is left as work for a
later commit.
Extend deletion of LP_DEAD-marked index tuples in nbtree by adding logic
to consider extra index tuples (that are not LP_DEAD-marked) for
deletion in passing. This increases the number of index tuples deleted
significantly in many cases. The LP_DEAD deletion process (which is now
called "simple deletion" to clearly distinguish it from bottom-up
deletion) won't usually need to visit any extra table blocks to check
these extra tuples. We have to visit the same table blocks anyway to
generate a latestRemovedXid value (at least in the common case where the
index deletion operation's WAL record needs such a value).
Testing has shown that the "extra tuples" simple deletion enhancement
increases the number of index tuples deleted with almost any workload
that has LP_DEAD bits set in leaf pages. That is, it almost never fails
to delete at least a few extra index tuples. It helps most of all in
cases that happen to naturally have a lot of delete-safe tuples. It's
not uncommon for an individual deletion operation to end up deleting an
order of magnitude more index tuples compared to the old naive approach
(e.g., custom instrumentation of the patch shows that this happens
fairly often when the regression tests are run).
Add a further enhancement that augments simple deletion and bottom-up
deletion in indexes that make use of deduplication: Teach nbtree's
_bt_delitems_delete() function to support granular TID deletion in
posting list tuples. It is now possible to delete individual TIDs from
posting list tuples provided the TIDs have a tableam block number of a
table block that gets visited as part of the deletion process (visiting
the table block can be triggered directly or indirectly). Setting the
LP_DEAD bit of a posting list tuple is still an all-or-nothing thing,
but that matters much less now that deletion only needs to start out
with the right _general_ idea about which index tuples are deletable.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_delete changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since there are no changes to the on-disk
representation of nbtree indexes. Indexes built on PostgreSQL 12 or
PostgreSQL 13 will automatically benefit from bottom-up index deletion
(i.e. no reindexing required) following a pg_upgrade. The enhancement
to simple deletion is available with all B-Tree indexes following a
pg_upgrade, no matter what PostgreSQL version the user upgrades from.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm+maE3apHB8NOtmM=p-DO65j2V5GzAWCOEEuy3JZgb2g@mail.gmail.com
Add an executor aminsert() hint mechanism that informs index AMs that
the incoming index tuple (the tuple that accompanies the hint) is not
being inserted by execution of an SQL statement that logically modifies
any of the index's key columns.
The hint is received by indexes when an UPDATE takes place that does not
apply an optimization like heapam's HOT (though only for indexes where
all key columns are logically unchanged). Any index tuple that receives
the hint on insert is expected to be a duplicate of at least one
existing older version that is needed for the same logical row. Related
versions will typically be stored on the same index page, at least
within index AMs that apply the hint.
Recognizing the difference between MVCC version churn duplicates and
true logical row duplicates at the index AM level can help with cleanup
of garbage index tuples. Cleanup can intelligently target tuples that
are likely to be garbage, without wasting too many cycles on less
promising tuples/pages (index pages with little or no version churn).
This is infrastructure for an upcoming commit that will teach nbtree to
perform bottom-up index deletion. No index AM actually applies the hint
just yet.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=CEKFa74EScx_hFVshCOn6AA5T-ajFASTdzipdkLTNQQ@mail.gmail.com
This is a follow-up of the work done in commit 0650ff2303. This commit
extends log_recovery_conflict_waits so that a log message is produced
also when recovery conflict has already been resolved after deadlock_timeout
passes, i.e., when the startup process finishes waiting for recovery
conflict after deadlock_timeout. This is useful in investigating how long
recovery conflicts prevented the recovery from applying WAL.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a60178c-a853-1440-2cdc-c3af916cff59@amazon.com
Similar to commit d6ad34f341, this patch optimizes
DropRelFileNodesAllBuffers() by avoiding the complete buffer pool scan and
instead find the buffers to be invalidated by doing lookups in the
BufMapping table.
This optimization helps operations where the relation files need to be
removed like Truncate, Drop, Abort of Create Table, etc.
Author: Kirk Jamison
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Takayuki Tsunakawa, and Amit Kapila
Tested-By: Haiying Tang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB3207DCA7EC725FDD661B3EDAEF660@OSBPR01MB3207.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
This struct is used by ReindexRelationConcurrently to keep track of the
relations to process. This saves having to obtain some data repeatedly,
and has future uses as well.
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hamid Akhtar <hamid.akhtar@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201130195439.GA24598@alvherre.pgsql
Although a partitioned index's attachment to its parent doesn't
have separate ownership, the ArchiveEntry for it needs to be
marked with an owner anyway, to ensure that the ALTER command
is run by the appropriate role when restoring with
--use-set-session-authorization. Without this, the ALTER will
be run by the role that started the restore session, which will
usually work but it's formally the wrong thing.
Back-patch to v11 where this type of ArchiveEntry was added.
In HEAD, add equivalent commentary to the just-added TABLE ATTACH
case, which I'd made do the right thing already.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1094034.1610418498@sss.pgh.pa.us
The recovery path of DropRelFileNodeBuffers() is optimized so that
scanning of the whole buffer pool can be avoided when the number of
blocks to be truncated in a relation is below a certain threshold. For
such cases, we find the buffers by doing lookups in BufMapping table.
This improves the performance by more than 100 times in many cases
when several small tables (tested with 1000 relations) are truncated
and where the server is configured with a large value of shared
buffers (greater than equal to 100GB).
This optimization helps cases (a) when vacuum or autovacuum truncated off
any of the empty pages at the end of a relation, or (b) when the relation is
truncated in the same transaction in which it was created.
This commit introduces a new API smgrnblocks_cached which returns a cached
value for the number of blocks in a relation fork. This helps us to determine
the exact size of relation which is required to apply this optimization. The
exact size is required to ensure that we don't leave any buffer for the
relation being dropped as otherwise the background writer or checkpointer
can lead to a PANIC error while flushing buffers corresponding to files that
don't exist.
Author: Kirk Jamison based on ideas by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Takayuki Tsunakawa, and Amit Kapila
Tested-By: Haiying Tang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB3207DCA7EC725FDD661B3EDAEF660@OSBPR01MB3207.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Previously, we emitted the ATTACH PARTITION command as part of
the child table's ArchiveEntry. This was a poor choice since it
complicates restoring the partition as a standalone table; you have
to ignore the error from the ATTACH, which isn't even an option when
restoring direct-to-database with pg_restore. (pg_restore will issue
the whole ArchiveEntry as one PQexec, so that any error rolls back
the table creation as well.) Hence, separate it out as its own
ArchiveEntry, as indeed we already did for index ATTACH PARTITION
commands.
Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201023052940.GE9241@telsasoft.com
Wedging a new object type into this table has historically required
manually renumbering a lot of existing entries. (Although it appears
that some people got lazy and re-used the priority level of an
existing object type, even if it wasn't particularly related.)
We can let the compiler do the counting by inventing an enum type that
lists the desired priority levels in order. Now, if you want to add
or remove a priority level, that's a one-liner.
This patch is not purely cosmetic, because I split apart the priorities
of DO_COLLATION and DO_TRANSFORM, as well as those of DO_ACCESS_METHOD
and DO_OPERATOR, which look to me to have been merged out of expediency
rather than because it was a good idea. Shell types continue to be
sorted interchangeably with full types, and opclasses interchangeably
with opfamilies.
Commit 257836a7 accidentally deleted a couple of
redundant-but-conventional "extern" keywords on function prototypes.
Put them back.
Reported-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Move it to class 57 (Operator Intervention), which seems like a
better choice given that from the client's standpoint it behaves
a heck of a lot like, e.g., ERRCODE_ADMIN_SHUTDOWN.
In a green field I'd put ERRCODE_IDLE_IN_TRANSACTION_SESSION_TIMEOUT
here as well. But that's been around for a few years, so it's
probably too late to change its SQLSTATE code.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/763A0689-F189-459E-946F-F0EC4458980B@hotmail.com
If a server returns ERRCODE_CANNOT_CONNECT_NOW, try the next host,
if multiple host names have been provided. This allows dealing
gracefully with standby servers that might not be in hot standby mode
yet.
In the wake of the preceding commit, it might be plausible to retry
many more error cases than we do now, but I (tgl) am hesitant to
move too aggressively on that --- it's not clear it'd be desirable
for cases such as bad-password, for example. But this case seems
safe enough.
Hubert Zhang, reviewed by Takayuki Tsunakawa
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BN6PR05MB3492948E4FD76C156E747E8BC9160@BN6PR05MB3492.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
Prefix "could not connect to host-or-socket-path:" to all connection
failure cases that occur after the socket() call, and remove the
ad-hoc server identity data that was appended to a few of these
messages. This should produce much more intelligible error reports
in multiple-target-host situations, especially for error cases that
are off the beaten track to any degree (because none of those provided
any server identity info).
As an example of the change, formerly a connection attempt with a bad
port number such as "psql -p 12345 -h localhost,/tmp" might produce
psql: error: could not connect to server: Connection refused
Is the server running on host "localhost" (::1) and accepting
TCP/IP connections on port 12345?
could not connect to server: Connection refused
Is the server running on host "localhost" (127.0.0.1) and accepting
TCP/IP connections on port 12345?
could not connect to server: No such file or directory
Is the server running locally and accepting
connections on Unix domain socket "/tmp/.s.PGSQL.12345"?
Now it looks like
psql: error: could not connect to host "localhost" (::1), port 12345: Connection refused
Is the server running on that host and accepting TCP/IP connections?
could not connect to host "localhost" (127.0.0.1), port 12345: Connection refused
Is the server running on that host and accepting TCP/IP connections?
could not connect to socket "/tmp/.s.PGSQL.12345": No such file or directory
Is the server running locally and accepting connections on that socket?
This requires adjusting a couple of regression tests to allow for
variation in the contents of a connection failure message.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BN6PR05MB3492948E4FD76C156E747E8BC9160@BN6PR05MB3492.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
Add an optional callback to regression_main() that, if provided,
is invoked on each test output file before we try to compare it
to the expected-result file.
The main and isolation test programs don't need this (yet).
In pg_regress_ecpg, add a filter that eliminates target-host
details from "could not connect" error reports. This filter
doesn't do anything as of this commit, but it will be needed
by the next one.
In the long run we might want to provide some more general,
perhaps pattern-based, filtering mechanism for test output.
For now, this will solve the immediate problem.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BN6PR05MB3492948E4FD76C156E747E8BC9160@BN6PR05MB3492.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
Previously, we had an undisciplined mish-mash of printfPQExpBuffer and
appendPQExpBuffer calls to report errors within libpq. This commit
establishes a uniform rule that appendPQExpBuffer[Str] should be used.
conn->errorMessage is reset only at the start of an application request,
and then accumulates messages till we're done. We can remove no less
than three different ad-hoc mechanisms that were used to get the effect
of concatenation of error messages within a sequence of operations.
Although this makes things quite a bit cleaner conceptually, the main
reason to do it is to make the world safer for the multiple-target-host
feature that was added awhile back. Previously, there were many cases
in which an error occurring during an individual host connection attempt
would wipe out the record of what had happened during previous attempts.
(The reporting is still inadequate, in that it can be hard to tell which
host got the failure, but that seems like a matter for a separate commit.)
Currently, lo_import and lo_export contain exceptions to the "never
use printfPQExpBuffer" rule. If we changed them, we'd risk reporting
an incidental lo_close failure before the actual read or write
failure, which would be confusing, not least because lo_close happened
after the main failure. We could improve this by inventing an
internal version of lo_close that doesn't reset the errorMessage; but
we'd also need a version of PQfn() that does that, and it didn't quite
seem worth the trouble for now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BN6PR05MB3492948E4FD76C156E747E8BC9160@BN6PR05MB3492.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
Instead of making many block-sized write() calls to fill a new WAL file
with zeroes, make a smaller number of pwritev() calls (or various
emulations). The actual number depends on the OS's IOV_MAX, which
PG_IOV_MAX currently caps at 32. That means we'll write 256kB per call
on typical systems. We may want to tune the number later with more
experience.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJA%2Bu-220VONeoREBXJ9P3S94Y7J%2BkqCnTYmahvZJwM%3Dg%40mail.gmail.com
Provide synchronous vectored file I/O routines. These map to preadv()
and pwritev(), with fallback implementations for systems that don't have
them. Also provide a wrapper pg_pwritev_with_retry() that automatically
retries on short writes.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJA%2Bu-220VONeoREBXJ9P3S94Y7J%2BkqCnTYmahvZJwM%3Dg%40mail.gmail.com
Commit c9d529848 resulted in having a couple more places where
the error context stack for a failure varies depending on
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always (nee CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS).
This is not very surprising, since we have to re-parse cached
plans if the plan cache is clobbered. Stabilize the expected
test output by hiding the context stack in these places,
as we've done elsewhere in this test script.
(Another idea worth considering, now that we have
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always, is to force it to zero for
these test cases. That seems like it'd risk reducing the coverage
of cache-clobber testing, which might or might not be worth being
able to verify that we get the expected error output in normal
cases. For the moment I just stuck with the existing technique.)
In passing, update comments that referred to CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS.
Per buildfarm member hyrax.
brenext(), when parsing a '*' quantifier, forgot to return any "value"
for the token; per the equivalent case in next(), it should return
value 1 to indicate that greedy rather than non-greedy behavior is
wanted. The result is that the compiled regexp could behave like 'x*?'
rather than the intended 'x*', if we were unlucky enough to have
a zero in v->nextvalue at this point. That seems to happen with some
reliability if we have '.*' at the beginning of a BRE-mode regexp,
although that depends on the initial contents of a stack-allocated
struct, so it's not guaranteed to fail.
Found by Alexander Lakhin using valgrind testing. This bug seems
to be aboriginal in Spencer's code, so back-patch all the way.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16814-6c5e3edd2bdf0d50@postgresql.org
This commit addresses two issues:
- In pgcrypto, MD5 computation called pg_cryptohash_{init,update,final}
without checking for the result status.
- Simplify pg_checksum_raw_context to use only one variable for all the
SHA2 options available in checksum manifests.
Reported-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f62f26bb-47a5-8411-46e5-4350823e06a5@iki.fi
We found last February that the error-case tests added by commit
008cf0409 failed on OpenBSD, because that platform doesn't really
check locale names. At the time it seemed that that was only an issue
for LC_CTYPE, but testing on a more recent version of OpenBSD shows
that it's now equally lax about LC_COLLATE.
Rather than dropping the LC_COLLATE test too, put back LC_CTYPE
(reverting c4b0edb07), and adjust these tests to accept the different
error message that we get if setlocale() doesn't reject a bogus locale
name. The point of these tests is not really what the backend does
with the locale name, but to show that createdb quotes funny locale
names safely; so we're not losing test reliability this way.
Back-patch as appropriate.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/231373.1610058324@sss.pgh.pa.us
On reflection, the order of operations in PostgresMain() is wrong.
These timeouts ought to be shut down before, not after, we do the
post-command-read CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, to guarantee that any
timeout error will be detected there rather than at some ill-defined
later point (possibly after having wasted a lot of work).
This is really an error in the original idle_in_transaction_timeout
patch, so back-patch to 9.6 where that was introduced.
This commit adds GUC log_recovery_conflict_waits that controls whether
a log message is produced when the startup process is waiting longer than
deadlock_timeout for recovery conflicts. This is useful in determining
if recovery conflicts prevent the recovery from applying WAL.
Note that currently a log message is produced only when recovery conflict
has not been resolved yet even after deadlock_timeout passes, i.e.,
only when the startup process is still waiting for recovery conflict
even after deadlock_timeout.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a60178c-a853-1440-2cdc-c3af916cff59@amazon.com
The allocation of the cryptohash context data when building with OpenSSL
was happening in the memory context of the caller of
pg_cryptohash_create(), which could lead to issues with resowner cleanup
if cascading resources are cleaned up on an error. Like other
facilities using resowners, move the base allocation to TopMemoryContext
to ensure a correct cleanup on failure.
The resulting code gets simpler with this commit as the context data is
now hold by a unique opaque pointer, so as there is only one single
allocation done in TopMemoryContext.
After discussion, also change the cryptohash subroutines to return an
error if the caller provides NULL for the context data to ease error
detection on OOM.
Author: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X9xbuEoiU3dlImfa@paquier.xyz
This GUC variable works much like idle_in_transaction_session_timeout,
in that it kills sessions that have waited too long for a new client
query. But it applies when we're not in a transaction, rather than
when we are.
Li Japin, reviewed by David Johnston and Hayato Kuroda, some
fixes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/763A0689-F189-459E-946F-F0EC4458980B@hotmail.com
A very common usage pattern is that we set a timeout that we don't
expect to reach, cancel it after a little bit, and later repeat.
With the original implementation of timeout.c, this results in one
setitimer() call per timeout set or cancel. We can do a lot better
by being lazy about changing the timeout interrupt request, namely:
(1) never cancel the outstanding interrupt, even when we have no
active timeout events;
(2) if we need to set an interrupt, but there already is one pending
at or before the required time, leave it alone. When the interrupt
happens, the signal handler will reschedule it at whatever time is
then needed.
For example, with a one-second setting for statement_timeout, this
method results in having to interact with the kernel only a little
more than once a second, no matter how many statements we execute
in between. The mainline code might never call setitimer() at all
after the first time, while each time the signal handler fires,
it sees that the then-pending request is most of a second away,
and that's when it sets the next interrupt request for. Each
mainline timeout-set request after that will observe that the time
it wants is past the pending interrupt request time, and do nothing.
This also works pretty well for cases where a few different timeout
lengths are in use, as long as none of them are very short. But
that describes our usage well.
Idea and original patch by Thomas Munro; I fixed a race condition
and improved the comments.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKG+o6pbuHBJSGnud=TadsuXySWA7CCcPgCt2QE9F6_4iHQ@mail.gmail.com
This module provides a function test_regex() that is functionally
rather like regexp_matches(), but with additional debugging-oriented
options and additional output. The debug options are somewhat obscure;
they are chosen to match the API of the test harness that Henry Spencer
wrote way-back-when for use in Tcl. With this, we can import all the
test cases that Spencer wrote originally, even for regex functionality
that we don't currently expose in Postgres. This seems necessary
because we can no longer rely on Tcl to act as upstream and verify
any fixes or improvements that we make.
In addition to Spencer's tests, I added a few for lookbehind
constraints (which we added in 2015, and Tcl still hasn't absorbed)
that are modeled on his tests for lookahead constraints. After looking
at code coverage reports, I also threw in a couple of tests to more
fully exercise our "high colormap" logic.
According to my testing, this brings the check-world coverage
for src/backend/regex/ from 71.1% to 86.7% of lines.
(coverage.postgresql.org shows a slightly different number,
which I think is because it measures a non-assert build.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2873268.1609732164@sss.pgh.pa.us
Forced cache invalidation (CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS) has been impractical
to use for testing in PostgreSQL because it's so slow and because it's
toggled on/off only at build time. It is helpful when hunting bugs in
any code that uses the sycache/relcache because causes cache
invalidations to be injected whenever it would be possible for an
invalidation to occur, whether or not one was really pending.
Address this by providing run-time control over cache clobber
behaviour using the new debug_invalidate_system_caches_always GUC.
Support is not compiled in at all unless assertions are enabled or
CLOBBER_CACHE_ENABLED is explicitly defined at compile time. It
defaults to 0 if compiled in, so it has negligible effect on assert
build performance by default.
When support is compiled in, test code can now set
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always=1 locally to a backend to test
specific queries, functions, extensions, etc. Or tests can toggle it
globally for a specific test case while retaining normal performance
during test setup and teardown.
For backwards compatibility with existing test harnesses and scripts,
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always defaults to 1 if
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS is defined, and to 3 if CLOBBER_CACHE_RECURSIVE
is defined.
CLOBBER_CACHE_ENABLED is now visible in pg_config_manual.h, as is the
related RECOVER_RELATION_BUILD_MEMORY setting for the relcache.
Author: Craig Ringer <craig.ringer@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAMsr+YF=+ctXBZj3ywmvKNUjWpxmuTuUKuv-rgbHGX5i5pLstQ@mail.gmail.com
The deadlocks that the recovery conflict on lock is involved in can
happen between hot-standby backends and the startup process.
If a backend takes an access exclusive lock on the table and which
finally triggers the deadlock, that deadlock can be detected
as expected. On the other hand, previously, if the startup process
took an access exclusive lock and which finally triggered the deadlock,
that deadlock could not be detected and could remain even after
deadlock_timeout passed. This is a bug.
The cause of this bug was that the code for handling the recovery
conflict on lock didn't take care of deadlock case at all. It assumed
that deadlocks involving the startup process and backends were able
to be detected by the deadlock detector invoked within backends.
But this assumption was incorrect. The startup process also should
have invoked the deadlock detector if necessary.
To fix this bug, this commit makes the startup process invoke
the deadlock detector if deadlock_timeout is reached while handling
the recovery conflict on lock. Specifically, in that case, the startup
process requests all the backends holding the conflicting locks to
check themselves for deadlocks.
Back-patch to v9.6. v9.5 has also this bug, but per discussion we decided
not to back-patch the fix to v9.5. Because v9.5 doesn't have some
infrastructure codes (e.g., 37c54863cf) that this bug fix patch depends on.
We can apply those codes for the back-patch, but since the next minor
version release is the final one for v9.5, it's risky to do that. If we
unexpectedly introduce new bug to v9.5 by the back-patch, there is no
chance to fix that. We determined that the back-patch to v9.5 would give
more risk than gain.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko Sawada, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4041d6b6-cf24-a120-36fa-1294220f8243@oss.nttdata.com
Formerly, TOAST objects were unconditionally suppressed, but since
\d is able to print them it's not very clear why these variants
should not. Instead, use the same rules as for system catalogs:
they can be seen if you write the 'S' modifier or a table name
pattern. (In practice, since hardly anybody would keep pg_toast
in their search_path, it's really down to whether you use a pattern
that can match pg_toast.*.)
No docs change seems necessary because the docs already say that
this happens for "system objects"; we're just classifying TOAST
tables as being that.
Justin Pryzby, reviewed by Laurenz Albe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201130165436.GX24052@telsasoft.com
Aside from being queriable via SHOW, this value is sent to the client
immediately at session startup, and again later on if the server gets
promoted to primary during the session. The immediate report will be
used in an upcoming patch to avoid an extra round trip when trying to
connect to a primary server.
Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Tom Lane; reviewed at various times
by Laurenz Albe, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Peter Smith.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF3+xM+8-ztOkaV9gHiJ3wfgENTq97QcjXQt+rbFQ6F7oNzt9A@mail.gmail.com
In power_var_int(), the computation of the number of significant
digits to use in the computation used log(Abs(exp)), which isn't safe
because Abs(exp) returns INT_MIN when exp is INT_MIN. Use fabs()
instead of Abs(), so that the exponent is cast to a double before the
absolute value is taken.
Back-patch to 9.6, where this was introduced (by 7d9a4737c2).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVd6pMkz=BrZEgBKyqqJrt2xghr=fNc8+Z=5xC6cgWrWA@mail.gmail.com
Bring heap and hash rmgr desc output in line with nbtree and GiST desc
output by using the name latestRemovedXid for all fields that output the
contents of the latestRemovedXid field from the WAL record's C struct
(stop using local variants).
This seems like a clear improvement because latestRemovedXid is a symbol
name that already appears across many different source files, and so is
probably much more recognizable.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkt_Rs4VqPSCk87nyjPAAEmWL8STU9zgET_83EF5YfrLw@mail.gmail.com
If the substring start index and length overflow when added together,
substring() misbehaved, either throwing a bogus "negative substring
length" error on a case that should succeed, or failing to complain that
a negative length is negative (and instead returning the whole string,
in most cases). Unsurprisingly, the text, bytea, and bit variants of
the function all had this issue. Rearrange the logic to ensure that
negative lengths are always rejected, and add an overflow check to
handle the other case.
Also install similar guards into detoast_attr_slice() (nee
heap_tuple_untoast_attr_slice()), since it's far from clear that
no other code paths leading to that function could pass it values
that would overflow.
Patch by myself and Pavel Stehule, per bug #16804 from Rafi Shamim.
Back-patch to v11. While these bugs are old, the common/int.h
infrastructure for overflow-detecting arithmetic didn't exist before
commit 4d6ad3125, and it doesn't seem like these misbehaviors are bad
enough to justify developing a standalone fix for the older branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16804-f4eeeb6c11ba71d4@postgresql.org
Performance issues with the preceding patch to re-implement array
element assignment within pl/pgsql led me to realize that the read/write
parameter mechanism is misdesigned. Instead of requiring the assignment
source expression to be such that *all* its references to the target
variable could be passed as R/W, we really want to identify *one*
reference to the target variable to be passed as R/W, allowing any other
ones to be passed read/only as they would be by default. As long as the
R/W reference is a direct argument to the top-level (hence last to be
executed) function in the expression, there is no harm in R/O references
being passed to other lower parts of the expression. Nor is there any
use-case for more than one argument of the top-level function being R/W.
Hence, rewrite that logic to identify one single Param that references
the target variable, and make only that Param pass a read/write
reference, not any other Params referencing the target variable.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of the previous commit, we don't really need this anymore,
since array assignment is primarily handled by the core code.
The only way that that code could still be reached is that a GET
DIAGNOSTICS target variable could be an array element. But that
doesn't seem like a particularly essential feature. I'd added it
in commit 55caaaeba, but just because it was easy not because
anyone had actually asked for it. Hence, revert that patch and
then remove the now-unreachable stuff. (If we really had to,
we could probably reimplement GET DIAGNOSTICS using the new
assignment machinery; but the cost/benefit ratio looks very poor,
and it'd likely be a bit slower.)
Note that PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD remains. It's possible that we
could get rid of that too, but maintaining the existing behaviors
for RECORD-type variables seems like it might be difficult. Since
there's not any functional limitation in those code paths as there
was in the ARRAYELEM code, I've not pursued the idea.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
Invent new RawParseModes that allow the core grammar to handle
pl/pgsql expressions and assignments directly, and thereby get rid
of a lot of hackery in pl/pgsql's parser. This moves a good deal
of knowledge about pl/pgsql into the core code: notably, we have to
invent a CoercionContext that matches pl/pgsql's (rather dubious)
historical behavior for assignment coercions. That's getting away
from the original idea of pl/pgsql as an arm's-length extension of
the core, but really we crossed that bridge a long time ago.
The main advantage of doing this is that we can now use the core
parser to generate FieldStore and/or SubscriptingRef nodes to handle
assignments to pl/pgsql variables that are records or arrays. That
fixes a number of cases that had never been implemented in pl/pgsql
assignment, such as nested records and array slicing, and it allows
pl/pgsql assignment to support the datatype-specific subscripting
behaviors introduced in commit c7aba7c14.
There are cosmetic benefits too: when a syntax error occurs in a
pl/pgsql expression, the error report no longer includes the confusing
"SELECT" keyword that used to get prefixed to the expression text.
Also, there seem to be some small speed gains.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch essentially allows gram.y to implement a family of related
syntax trees, rather than necessarily always parsing a list of SQL
statements. raw_parser() gains a new argument, enum RawParseMode,
to say what to do. As proof of concept, add a mode that just parses
a TypeName without any other decoration, and use that to greatly
simplify typeStringToTypeName().
In addition, invent a new SPI entry point SPI_prepare_extended() to
allow SPI users (particularly plpgsql) to get at this new functionality.
In hopes of making this the last variant of SPI_prepare(), set up its
additional arguments as a struct rather than direct arguments, and
promise that future additions to the struct can default to zero.
SPI_prepare_cursor() and SPI_prepare_params() can perhaps go away at
some point.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch allows PREPARE-time decoding of two-phase transactions (if the
output plugin supports this capability), in which case the transactions
are replayed at PREPARE and then committed later when COMMIT PREPARED
arrives.
Now that we decode the changes before the commit, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).
We detect such failures with a special sqlerrcode
ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK introduced by commit 7259736a6e and stop
decoding the remaining changes. Then we rollback the changes when rollback
prepared is encountered.
Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila based on previous work by Nikhil Sontakke and Stas Kelvich
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, Arseny Sher, and Dilip Kumar
Tested-by: Takamichi Osumi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/02DA5F5E-CECE-4D9C-8B4B-418077E2C010@postgrespro.ruhttps://postgr.es/m/CAMGcDxeqEpWj3fTXwqhSwBdXd2RS9jzwWscO-XbeCfso6ts3+Q@mail.gmail.com
On further reflection it seems better to call PageGetMaxOffsetNumber()
after acquiring a buffer lock on the page. This shouldn't really
matter, but doing it this way is cleaner.
Follow-up to commit 42288174.
Backpatch: 12-, just like commit 42288174
The logic for determining the latest removed XID for the purposes of
generating recovery conflicts in REDO routines was subtly broken. It
failed to follow links from HOT chains, and so failed to consider all
relevant heap tuple headers in some cases.
To fix, expand the loop that deals with LP_REDIRECT line pointers to
also deal with HOT chains. The new version of the loop is loosely based
on a similar loop from heap_prune_chain().
The impact of this bug is probably quite limited, since the horizon code
necessarily deals with heap tuples that are pointed to by LP_DEAD-set
index tuples. The process of setting LP_DEAD index tuples (e.g. within
the kill_prior_tuple mechanism) is highly correlated with opportunistic
pruning of pointed-to heap tuples. Plus the question of generating a
recovery conflict usually comes up some time after index tuple LP_DEAD
bits were initially set, unlike heap pruning, where a latestRemovedXid
is generated at the point of the pruning operation (heap pruning has no
deferred "would-be page split" style processing that produces conflicts
lazily).
Only backpatch to Postgres 12, the first version where this logic runs
during original execution (following commit 558a9165e0). The index
latestRemovedXid mechanism has had the same bug since it first appeared
over 10 years ago (in commit a760893d), but backpatching to all
supported versions now seems like a bad idea on balance. Running the
new improved code during recovery seems risky, especially given the lack
of complaints from the field.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=Eib393+HHcERK_9MtgNS7Ew1HY=RDC_g6GL46zM5C6Q@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-
Commit 7ca37fb04 removed regress_putenv from the regress.so library,
so reloading a SQL function dependent on that would not work.
Fix similarly to 52202bb39.
Per buildfarm.
This commit preserves the logic of multirange_in() but makes it more clear
what's going on. Also, this commit fixes the compiler warning spotted by the
buildfarm.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2246043.1609290699%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Since at least 2001 we've used putenv() and avoided setenv(), on the
grounds that the latter was unportable and not in POSIX. However,
POSIX added it that same year, and by now the situation has reversed:
setenv() is probably more portable than putenv(), since POSIX now
treats the latter as not being a core function. And setenv() has
cleaner semantics too. So, let's reverse that old policy.
This commit adds a simple src/port/ implementation of setenv() for
any stragglers (we have one in the buildfarm, but I'd not be surprised
if that code is never used in the field). More importantly, extend
win32env.c to also support setenv(). Then, replace usages of putenv()
with setenv(), and get rid of some ad-hoc implementations of setenv()
wannabees.
Also, adjust our src/port/ implementation of unsetenv() to follow the
POSIX spec that it returns an error indicator, rather than returning
void as per the ancient BSD convention. I don't feel a need to make
all the call sites check for errors, but the portability stub ought
to match real-world practice.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2065122.1609212051@sss.pgh.pa.us
Attempt to get selectivity estimation for @> (anymultirange, anyrange) operator
caused an error in buildfarm, because this operator was missed in switch()
of calc_hist_selectivity(). Fix that and also make regression tests reliably
check that selectivity estimation for (multi)ranges doesn't fall. Previously,
whether we test selectivity estimation for (multi)ranges depended on
whether autovacuum managed to gather concurrently to the test.
Reported-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X%2BwmgjRItuvHNBeV%40paquier.xyz
secure_open_gssapi() installed the krb_server_keyfile setting as
KRB5_KTNAME unconditionally, so long as it's not empty. However,
pg_GSS_recvauth() only installed it if KRB5_KTNAME wasn't set already,
leading to a troubling inconsistency: in theory, clients could see
different sets of server principal names depending on whether they
use GSSAPI encryption. Always using krb_server_keyfile seems like
the right thing, so make both places do that. Also fix up
secure_open_gssapi()'s lack of a check for setenv() failure ---
it's unlikely, surely, but security-critical actions are no place
to be sloppy.
Also improve the associated documentation.
This patch does nothing about secure_open_gssapi()'s use of setenv(),
and indeed causes pg_GSS_recvauth() to use it too. That's nominally
against project portability rules, but since this code is only built
with --with-gssapi, I do not feel a need to do something about this
in the back branches. A fix will be forthcoming for HEAD though.
Back-patch to v12 where GSSAPI encryption was introduced. The
dubious behavior in pg_GSS_recvauth() goes back further, but it
didn't have anything to be inconsistent with, so let it be.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2187460.1609263156@sss.pgh.pa.us
IF NOT EXISTS was ignored when specified in an EXPLAIN query for CREATE
MATERIALIZED VIEW or CREATE TABLE AS. Hence, if this clause was
specified, the caller would get a failure if the relation already
exists instead of a success with a NOTICE message.
This commit makes the behavior of IF NOT EXISTS in EXPLAIN consistent
with the non-EXPLAIN'd DDL queries, preventing a failure with IF NOT
EXISTS if the relation to-be-created already exists. The skip is done
before the SELECT query used for the relation is planned or executed,
and a "dummy" plan is generated instead depending on the format used by
EXPLAIN.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Zhijie Hou, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVa3oJ9O_wcGd+FtHWZds04dEKcakxphGz5POVgD4wC7Q@mail.gmail.com
This adds six methods to the output plugin API, adding support for
streaming changes of two-phase transactions at prepare time.
* begin_prepare
* filter_prepare
* prepare
* commit_prepared
* rollback_prepared
* stream_prepare
Most of this is a simple extension of the existing methods, with the
semantic difference that the transaction is not yet committed and maybe
aborted later.
Until now two-phase transactions were translated into regular transactions
on the subscriber, and the GID was not forwarded to it. None of the
two-phase commands were communicated to the subscriber.
This patch provides the infrastructure for logical decoding plugins to be
informed of two-phase commands Like PREPARE TRANSACTION, COMMIT PREPARED
and ROLLBACK PREPARED commands with the corresponding GID.
This also extends the 'test_decoding' plugin, implementing these new
methods.
This commit simply adds these new APIs and the upcoming patch to "allow
the decoding at prepare time in ReorderBuffer" will use these APIs.
Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila based on previous work by Nikhil Sontakke and Stas Kelvich
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, and Dilip Kumar
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/02DA5F5E-CECE-4D9C-8B4B-418077E2C010@postgrespro.ruhttps://postgr.es/m/CAMGcDxeqEpWj3fTXwqhSwBdXd2RS9jzwWscO-XbeCfso6ts3+Q@mail.gmail.com
When the postmaster sends SIGQUIT to its children, there's no real
need for all the children to log that fact; the postmaster already
made a log entry about it, so adding perhaps dozens or hundreds of
child-process log entries adds nothing of value. So, let's introduce
a new ereport level to specify "WARNING, but never send to log" and
use that for these messages.
Such a change wouldn't have been desirable before commit 7e784d1dc,
because if someone manually SIGQUIT's a backend, we *do* want to log
that. But now we can tell the difference between a signal that was
issued by the postmaster and one that was not with reasonable
certainty.
While we're here, also clear error_context_stack before ereport'ing,
to prevent error callbacks from being invoked in the signal-handler
context. This should reduce the odds of getting hung up while trying
to notify the client.
Per a suggestion from Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201225230331.hru3u6obyy6j53tk@alap3.anarazel.de
6df7a9698b has introduced a set of operators between ranges and multiranges.
Existing GiST indexes for ranges could easily support majority of them.
This commit adds support for new operators to the existing range GiST indexes.
New operators resides the same strategy numbers as existing ones. Appropriate
check function is determined using the subtype.
Catversion is bumped.
There is a set of *_internal() functions exposed in
include/utils/multirangetypes.h. This commit improves the signatures of these
functions in two ways.
* Add const qualifies where applicable.
* Replace multirange typecache argument with range typecache argument.
Multirange typecache was used solely to find the range typecache. At the
same time, range typecache is easier for the caller to find.
We have operators for checking if the multirange contains a range but don't
have the opposite. This commit improves completeness of the operator set by
adding two new operators: @> (anyrange,anymultirange) and
<@(anymultirange,anyrange).
Catversion is bumped.
Two functions multirange_range_overlaps_bsearch_comparison() and
multirange_range_contains_bsearch_comparison() contain bugs of returning -1
instead of 1. This commit fixes these bugs and adds corresponding regression
tests.
Include details on whether GSS encryption has been activated;
since we added "hostgssenc" type HBA entries, that's relevant info.
Kyotaro Horiguchi and Tom Lane. Back-patch to v12 where
GSS encryption was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e5b0b6ed05764324a2f3fe7acfc766d5@smhi.se
Unrecoverable errors detected by GSSAPI encryption can't just be
reported with elog(ERROR) or elog(FATAL), because attempting to
send the error report to the client is likely to lead to infinite
recursion or loss of protocol sync. Instead make this code do what
the SSL encryption code has long done, which is to just report any
such failure to the server log (with elevel COMMERROR), then pretend
we've lost the connection by returning errno = ECONNRESET.
Along the way, fix confusion about whether message translation is done
by pg_GSS_error() or its callers (the latter should do it), and make
the backend version of that function work more like the frontend
version.
Avoid allocating the port->gss struct until it's needed; we surely
don't need to allocate it in the postmaster.
Improve logging of "connection authorized" messages with GSS enabled.
(As part of this, I back-patched the code changes from dc11f31a1.)
Make BackendStatusShmemSize() account for the GSS-related space that
will be allocated by CreateSharedBackendStatus(). This omission
could possibly cause out-of-shared-memory problems with very high
max_connections settings.
Remove arbitrary, pointless restriction that only GSS authentication
can be used on a GSS-encrypted connection.
Improve documentation; notably, document the fact that libpq now
prefers GSS encryption over SSL encryption if both are possible.
Per report from Mikael Gustavsson. Back-patch to v12 where
this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e5b0b6ed05764324a2f3fe7acfc766d5@smhi.se
The critical issue fixed here is that if a GSSAPI-encrypted connection
is successfully made, pqsecure_open_gss() cleared conn->allow_ssl_try,
as an admittedly-hacky way of preventing us from then trying to tunnel
SSL encryption over the already-encrypted connection. The problem
with that is that if we abandon the GSSAPI connection because of a
failure during authentication, we would not attempt SSL encryption
in the next try with the same server. This can lead to unexpected
connection failure, or silently getting a non-encrypted connection
where an encrypted one is expected.
Fortunately, we'd only manage to make a GSSAPI-encrypted connection
if both client and server hold valid tickets in the same Kerberos
infrastructure, which is a relatively uncommon environment.
Nonetheless this is a very nasty bug with potential security
consequences. To fix, don't reset the flag, instead adding a
check for conn->gssenc being already true when deciding whether
to try to initiate SSL.
While here, fix some lesser issues in libpq's GSSAPI code:
* Use the need_new_connection stanza when dropping an attempted
GSSAPI connection, instead of partially duplicating that code.
The consequences of this are pretty minor: AFAICS it could only
lead to auth_req_received or password_needed remaining set when
they shouldn't, which is not too harmful.
* Fix pg_GSS_error() to not repeat the "mprefix" it's given multiple
times, and to notice any failure return from gss_display_status().
* Avoid gratuitous dependency on NI_MAXHOST in
pg_GSS_load_servicename().
Per report from Mikael Gustavsson. Back-patch to v12 where
this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e5b0b6ed05764324a2f3fe7acfc766d5@smhi.se
There's a second call of get_eval_mcontext() that should also be
get_stmt_mcontext(). This is actually dead code, since no
interesting allocations happen before switching back to the
original context, but we should keep it in sync with the other
call to forestall possible future bugs.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f075f7be-c654-9aa8-3ffc-e9214622f02a@enterprisedb.com
Commit a6b1f5365 intended to place the transient "target" list of
a CALL statement in the function's statement-lifespan context,
but I fat-fingered that and used get_eval_mcontext() instead of
get_stmt_mcontext(). The eval_mcontext belongs to the "simple
expression" infrastructure, which is destroyed at transaction end.
The net effect is that a CALL in a procedure to another procedure
that has OUT or INOUT parameters would fail if the called procedure
did a COMMIT.
Per report from Peter Eisentraut. Back-patch to v11, like the
prior patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f075f7be-c654-9aa8-3ffc-e9214622f02a@enterprisedb.com
The code in charge of processing a single invalidation message has been
using since 568d413 the structure for relation mapping messages. This
had fortunately no consequence as both locate the database ID at the
same location, but it could become a problem in the future if this area
of the code changes.
Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8044c223-4d3a-2cdb-42bf-29940840ce94@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 9.5
The patch needs test cases, reorganization, and cfbot testing.
Technically reverts commits 5c31afc49d..e35b2bad1a (exclusive/inclusive)
and 08db7c63f3..ccbe34139b.
Reported-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1ktAAG-0002V2-VB@gemulon.postgresql.org
Removing the EXPLAIN test to stabilize the buildfarm. The execution
test should still be effective to catch the bug even if the plan is
slightly different on different platforms.
Before processing tuples, agg_refill_hash_table() was setting all
pergroup pointers to NULL to signal to advance_aggregates() that it
should not attempt to advance groups that had spilled.
The problem was that it also set the pergroups for sorted grouping
sets to NULL, which caused rescanning to fail.
Instead, change agg_refill_hash_table() to only set the pergroups for
hashed grouping sets to NULL; and when compiling the expression, pass
doSort=false.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16784-7ff169bf2c3d1588%40postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 13
This makes existing sessions reflect "ALTER ROLE ... [NO]INHERIT" as
quickly as they have been reflecting "GRANT role_name". Back-patch to
9.5 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Nathan Bossart.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201221095028.GB3777719@rfd.leadboat.com
This adds a key management system that stores (currently) two data
encryption keys of length 128, 192, or 256 bits. The data keys are
AES256 encrypted using a key encryption key, and validated via GCM
cipher mode. A command to obtain the key encryption key must be
specified at initdb time, and will be run at every database server
start. New parameters allow a file descriptor open to the terminal to
be passed. pg_upgrade support has also been added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k7q5o6Nc_AaX6BcYM9yqTbC6_pnH-6nSD=54Zp6NBQTCQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201202213814.GG20285@momjian.us
Author: Masahiko Sawada, me, Stephen Frost
Buildfarm members pogona and petalura have shown a failure when
pg_ctl/t/004_logrotate.pl starts just before local midnight.
The default rotate-at-midnight behavior occurs just before the
Perl script examines current_logfiles, so it figures that the
rotation it's already requested has occurred ... but in reality,
that rotation happens just after it looks, so the expected new
log data goes into a different file than the one it's examining.
In HEAD, src/test/kerberos/t/001_auth.pl has acquired similar code
that evidently has a related failure mode. Besides being quite new,
few buildfarm critters run that test, so it's unsurprising that
we've not yet seen a failure there.
Fix both cases by setting log_rotation_age = 0 so that no time-based
rotation can occur. Also absorb 004_logrotate.pl's decision to
set lc_messages = 'C' into the kerberos test, in hopes that it will
work in non-English prevailing locales.
Report: https://buildfarm.postgresql.org/cgi-bin/show_log.pl?nm=pogona&dt=2020-12-24%2022%3A10%3A04
Report: https://buildfarm.postgresql.org/cgi-bin/show_log.pl?nm=petalura&dt=2020-02-01%2022%3A20%3A04
ecpglib on certain platforms can't handle the pg_log_fatal calls from
libraries. This was reported by the buildfarm. It needs a refactoring
and return value change if it is later removed.
Backpatch-through: master
If a database shutdown (smart or fast) is commanded between the time
some process decides to request a new background worker and the time
that the postmaster can launch that worker, then nothing happens
because the postmaster won't launch any bgworkers once it's exited
PM_RUN state. This is fine ... unless the requesting process is
waiting for that worker to finish (or even for it to start); in that
case the requestor is stuck, and only manual intervention will get us
to the point of being able to shut down.
To fix, cancel pending requests for workers when the postmaster sends
shutdown (SIGTERM) signals, and similarly cancel any new requests that
arrive after that point. (We can optimize things slightly by only
doing the cancellation for workers that have waiters.) To fit within
the existing bgworker APIs, the "cancel" is made to look like the
worker was started and immediately stopped, causing deregistration of
the bgworker entry. Waiting processes would have to deal with
premature worker exit anyway, so this should introduce no bugs that
weren't there before. We do have a side effect that registration
records for restartable bgworkers might disappear when theoretically
they should have remained in place; but since we're shutting down,
that shouldn't matter.
Back-patch to v10. There might be value in putting this into 9.6
as well, but the management of bgworkers is a bit different there
(notably see 8ff518699) and I'm not convinced it's worth the effort
to validate the patch for that branch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/661570.1608673226@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up to now, if the DBA issued "pg_ctl stop -m immediate", the message
sent to clients was the same as for a crash-and-restart situation.
This is confusing, not least because the message claims that the
database will soon be up again, something we have no business
predicting.
Improve things so that we can generate distinct messages for the two
cases (and also recognize an ad-hoc SIGQUIT, should somebody try that).
To do that, add a field to pmsignal.c's shared memory data structure
that the postmaster sets just before broadcasting SIGQUIT to its
children. No interlocking seems to be necessary; the intervening
signal-sending and signal-receipt should sufficiently serialize accesses
to the field. Hence, this isn't any riskier than the existing usages
of pmsignal.c.
We might in future extend this idea to improve other
postmaster-to-children signal scenarios, although none of them
currently seem to be as badly overloaded as SIGQUIT.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/559291.1608587013@sss.pgh.pa.us
The parsing of this parameter has been using strtoul(), which is not
portable across platforms. On most Unix platforms, unsigned long has a
size of 64 bits, while on Windows it is 32 bits. It is common in
recovery scenarios to rely on the output of txid_current() or even the
newer pg_current_xact_id() to get a transaction ID for setting up
recovery_target_xid. The value returned by those functions includes the
epoch in the computed result, which would cause strtoul() to fail where
unsigned long has a size of 32 bits once the epoch is incremented.
WAL records and 2PC data include only information about 32-bit XIDs and
it is not possible to have XIDs across more than one epoch, so
discarding the high bits from the transaction ID set has no impact on
recovery. On the contrary, the use of strtoul() prevents a consistent
behavior across platforms depending on the size of unsigned long.
This commit changes the parsing of recovery_target_xid to use
pg_strtouint64() instead, available down to 9.6. There is one TAP test
stressing recovery with recovery_target_xid, where a tweak based on
pg_reset{xlog,wal} is added to bump the XID epoch so as this change gets
tested, as per an idea from Alexander Lakhin.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16780-107fd0c0385b1035@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 9.6
While prepare_sort_from_pathkeys has to be concerned about matching up
a volatile expression to the proper tlist entry, we don't need to do
that in find_em_expr_usable_for_sorting_rel becausee such a sort will
have to be postponed anyway.
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs%3DhC0mSksZC%3DH5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg%40mail.gmail.com
While we do allow SRFs in ORDER BY, scan/join processing should not
consider such cases - such sorts should only happen via final Sort atop
a ProjectSet. So make sure we don't try adding such sorts below Gather
Merge, just like we do for expressions that are volatile and/or not
parallel safe.
Backpatch to PostgreSQL 13, where this code was introduced as part of
the Incremental Sort patch.
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs=hC0mSksZC=H5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/295524.1606246314%40sss.pgh.pa.us
The jsonb || jsonb operator arbitrarily rejected certain combinations
of scalar and non-scalar inputs, while being willing to concatenate
other combinations. This was of course quite undocumented. Rather
than trying to document it, let's just remove the restriction,
creating a uniform rule that unless we are handling an object-to-object
concatenation, non-array inputs are converted to one-element arrays,
resulting in an array-to-array concatenation. (This does not change
the behavior for any case that didn't throw an error before.)
Per complaint from Joel Jacobson. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/163099.1608312033@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit ebb7ae839d ensured we ignore pathkeys with volatile expressions
when considering adding a sort below a Gather Merge. Turns out we need
to care about parallel safety of the pathkeys too, otherwise we might
try sorting e.g. on results of a correlated subquery (as demonstrated
by a report from Luis Roberto).
Initial investigation by Tom Lane, patch by James Coleman. Backpatch
to 13, where the code was instroduced (as part of Incremental Sort).
Reported-by: Luis Roberto
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/622580997.37108180.1604080457319.JavaMail.zimbra%40siscobra.com.br
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs=hC0mSksZC=H5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg@mail.gmail.com
generate_useful_gather_paths used to skip unsorted paths (without any
pathkeys), but that is unnecessary - the later code actually can handle
such paths just fine by adding a Sort node. This is clearly a thinko,
preventing construction of useful plans.
Backpatch to 13, where Incremental Sort was introduced.
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs=hC0mSksZC=H5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg@mail.gmail.com
The same logic was present for collation commands, SASLprep and
pgcrypto, so this removes some code.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X9womIn6rne6Gud2@paquier.xyz
6df7a9698b introduces multirange types, whose typanalyze function shares
infrastructure with range types typanalyze function. Since 6df7a9698b,
information about type gathered by statistics is filled from typcache.
But typalign is mistakenly always set to double. This commit fixes this
oversight.
Same type of issue as in commit 53d4f5fef and earlier fixes; also
found by apparently-more-picky-than-the-buildfarm valgrind testing.
This one is an oversight in commit 986816750. Since that's new in
HEAD, no need for a back-patch.
Multiranges are basically sorted arrays of non-overlapping ranges with
set-theoretic operations defined over them.
Since v14, each range type automatically gets a corresponding multirange
datatype. There are both manual and automatic mechanisms for naming multirange
types. Once can specify multirange type name using multirange_type_name
attribute in CREATE TYPE. Otherwise, a multirange type name is generated
automatically. If the range type name contains "range" then we change that to
"multirange". Otherwise, we add "_multirange" to the end.
Implementation of multiranges comes with a space-efficient internal
representation format, which evades extra paddings and duplicated storage of
oids. Altogether this format allows fetching a particular range by its index
in O(n).
Statistic gathering and selectivity estimation are implemented for multiranges.
For this purpose, stored multirange is approximated as union range without gaps.
This field will likely need improvements in the future.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vSUpQ_Y%3DjXvTxt1VYFztaBSsWVXeF1y6gTYQ4bOiWDLgQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a0b8026459d1e6167933be2104a6174e7d40d0ab.camel%40j-davis.com#fe7218c83b08068bfffb0c5293eceda0
Author: Paul Jungwirth, revised by me
Reviewed-by: David Fetter, Corey Huinker, Jeff Davis, Pavel Stehule
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Isaac Morland, David G. Johnston
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu, Alexander Korotkov
Commit 257836a75 added the "locale" subdirectory to SUBDIRS,
but neglected to remove it from ALWAYS_SUBDIRS. This oversight
had no functional effect because the filter-out function would
remove it anyway. Still, it's confusing to readers to list a
subdirectory in both places, especially because it makes the
associated comment into a partial lie.
The comments atop of this function describes behaviour in case of a
transactional WAL message only, but it accepts both transactional and
non-transactional WAL messages. Update the comments to describe
behaviour in case of non-transactional WAL message as well.
Ashutosh Bapat, rephrased by Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGEoWWTTzNzHOi8bj0wfAo1siGi-YEh6wqH1oaz4DrkTJ6HbTQ@mail.gmail.com
Any subdirectory that's ignoring /output_iso/ should also
ignore /tmp_check_iso/, which could be left behind by a
failed pg_isolation_regress_check run.
I think these have been wrong for awhile, but it doesn't
seem important to fix in back branches.
A narrow reading of the C standard says that memcpy(x,x,n) is undefined,
although it's hard to envision an implementation that would really
misbehave. However, analysis tools such as valgrind might whine about
this; accordingly, let's band-aid relmapper.c to not do it.
See also 5b630501e, d3f4e8a8a, ad7b48ea0, and other similar fixes.
Apparently, none of those folk tried valgrinding initdb? This has been
like this for long enough that I'm surprised it hasn't been reported
before.
Back-patch, just in case anybody wants to use a back branch on a platform
that complains about this; we back-patched those earlier fixes too.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161790.1608310142@sss.pgh.pa.us
Revert ac22929a26, as well as the followup fix 113d3591b8. Because it broke
the assumption that the startup process waiting for the recovery conflict
on buffer pin should be waken up only by buffer unpin or the timeout enabled
in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithBufferPin(). It caused, for example,
SIGHUP signal handler or walreceiver process to wake that startup process
up unnecessarily frequently.
Additionally, add the comments about why that dedicated latch that
the reverted patch tried to get rid of should not be removed.
Thanks to Kyotaro Horiguchi for the discussion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d8c0c608-021b-3c73-fffd-3240829ee986@oss.nttdata.com
"Ordering stuff" refered to a _bt_first() call to _bt_orderkeys().
However, the _bt_orderkeys() function was renamed to
_bt_preprocess_keys() by commit fa5c8a055a.
_bt_preprocess_keys() is directly referenced just after the removed
comment already, which seems sufficient.
To build Gather Merge path, the input needs to be sufficiently sorted.
Ensuring this is the responsibility of the code constructing the paths,
but create_gather_merge_plan tried to handle unsorted paths by adding
an explicit Sort. In light of the recent issues related to Incremental
Sort, this is rather fragile. Some of the expressions may be volatile
or parallel unsafe, in which case we can't add the Sort here.
We could do more checks and add the Sort in at least some cases, but
it seems cleaner to just error out and make it clear this is a bug in
code constructing those paths.
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs%3DhC0mSksZC%3DH5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeNaxpXgBVcRhJX%2B2vSbq%2BF2kJqGBcvompmpvXb7pq%2BoFA%40mail.gmail.com
Many older tests where written in a style like
SELECT '' AS two, i.* FROM INT2_TBL
where the first column indicated the number of expected result rows.
This has gotten increasingly out of date, as the test data fixtures
have expanded, so a lot of these were wrong and misleading. Moreover,
this style isn't really necessary, since the psql output already shows
the number of result rows.
To clean this up, remove all those extra columns.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1a25312b-2686-380d-3c67-7a69094a999f%40enterprisedb.com
Invent a new flag bit HASH_STRINGS to specify C-string hashing, which
was formerly the default; and add assertions insisting that exactly
one of the bits HASH_STRINGS, HASH_BLOBS, and HASH_FUNCTION be set.
This is in hopes of preventing recurrences of the type of oversight
fixed in commit a1b8aa1e4 (i.e., mistakenly omitting HASH_BLOBS).
Also, when HASH_STRINGS is specified, insist that the keysize be
more than 8 bytes. This is a heuristic, but it should catch
accidental use of HASH_STRINGS for integer or pointer keys.
(Nearly all existing use-cases set the keysize to NAMEDATALEN or
more, so there's little reason to think this restriction should
be problematic.)
Tweak hash_create() to insist that the HASH_ELEM flag be set, and
remove the defaults it had for keysize and entrysize. Since those
defaults were undocumented and basically useless, no callers
omitted HASH_ELEM anyway.
Also, remove memset's zeroing the HASHCTL parameter struct from
those callers that had one. This has never been really necessary,
and while it wasn't a bad coding convention it was confusing that
some callers did it and some did not. We might as well save a few
cycles by standardizing on "not".
Also improve the documentation for hash_create().
In passing, improve reinit.c's usage of a hash table by storing
the key as a binary Oid rather than a string; and, since that's
a temporary hash table, allocate it in CurrentMemoryContext for
neatness.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/590625.1607878171@sss.pgh.pa.us
This adjusts some code related to recent changes for cryptohash
functions:
- Add a variable in md5.h to track down the size of a computed result,
moved from pgcrypto. Note that pg_md5_hash() assumed a result of this
size already.
- Call explicit_bzero() on the hashed data when freeing the context for
fallback implementations. For MD5, particularly, it would be annoying
to leave some non-zeroed data around.
- Clean up some code related to recent changes of uuid-ossp. .gitignore
still included md5.c and a comment was incorrect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X9HXKTgrvJvYO7Oh@paquier.xyz
This is done for end-of-recovery and shutdown checkpoints/restartpoints
(end-of-recovery restartpoints don't exist) rather than all types of
checkpoints, in cases where it may not be possible to rely on
pg_stat_activity to get a status from the startup or checkpointer
processes.
For example, at the end of a crash recovery, this is useful to know if a
checkpoint is running in the startup process, while previously the ps
display may only show some information about "recovering" something,
that can be confusing while a checkpoint runs.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Kirk Jamison, Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200818225238.GP17022@telsasoft.com
This is essential if we'd like to allow existing extension data types
to support subscripting in future, since dropping and recreating the
type isn't a practical thing for an extension upgrade script, and
direct manipulation of pg_type isn't a great answer either.
There was some discussion about also allowing alteration of typelem,
but it's less clear whether that's a good idea or not, so for now
I forebore.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3724341.1607551174@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit c7aba7c14 didn't add this, but after more fooling with the
feature I feel that it'd be useful. To make this possible, refactor
getSubscriptingRoutines() so that the caller is responsible for
throwing any error. (In clauses.c, I just chose to make the
most conservative assumption rather than throwing an error. We don't
expect failures there anyway really, so the code space for an error
message would be a poor investment.)
This commit heavily reorganizes the MD5 implementations that exist in
the tree in various aspects.
First, MD5 is added to the list of options available in cryptohash.c and
cryptohash_openssl.c. This means that if building with OpenSSL, EVP is
used for MD5 instead of the fallback implementation that Postgres had
for ages. With the recent refactoring work for cryptohash functions,
this change is straight-forward. If not building with OpenSSL, a
fallback implementation internal to src/common/ is used.
Second, this reduces the number of MD5 implementations present in the
tree from two to one, by moving the KAME implementation from pgcrypto to
src/common/, and by removing the implementation that existed in
src/common/. KAME was already structured with an init/update/final set
of routines by pgcrypto (see original pgcrypto/md5.h) for compatibility
with OpenSSL, so moving it to src/common/ has proved to be a
straight-forward move, requiring no actual manipulation of the internals
of each routine. Some benchmarking has not shown any performance gap
between both implementations.
Similarly to the fallback implementation used for SHA2, the fallback
implementation of MD5 is moved to src/common/md5.c with an internal
header called md5_int.h for the init, update and final routines. This
gets then consumed by cryptohash.c.
The original routines used for MD5-hashed passwords are moved to a
separate file called md5_common.c, also in src/common/, aimed at being
shared between all MD5 implementations as utility routines to keep
compatibility with any code relying on them.
Like the SHA2 changes, this commit had its round of tests on both Linux
and Windows, across all versions of OpenSSL supported on HEAD, with and
even without OpenSSL.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201106073434.GA4961@paquier.xyz
This patch generalizes the subscripting infrastructure so that any
data type can be subscripted, if it provides a handler function to
define what that means. Traditional variable-length (varlena) arrays
all use array_subscript_handler(), while the existing fixed-length
types that support subscripting use raw_array_subscript_handler().
It's expected that other types that want to use subscripting notation
will define their own handlers. (This patch provides no such new
features, though; it only lays the foundation for them.)
To do this, move the parser's semantic processing of subscripts
(including coercion to whatever data type is required) into a
method callback supplied by the handler. On the execution side,
replace the ExecEvalSubscriptingRef* layer of functions with direct
calls to callback-supplied execution routines. (Thus, essentially
no new run-time overhead should be caused by this patch. Indeed,
there is room to remove some overhead by supplying specialized
execution routines. This patch does a little bit in that line,
but more could be done.)
Additional work is required here and there to remove formerly
hard-wired assumptions about the result type, collation, etc
of a SubscriptingRef expression node; and to remove assumptions
that the subscript values must be integers.
One useful side-effect of this is that we now have a less squishy
mechanism for identifying whether a data type is a "true" array:
instead of wiring in weird rules about typlen, we can look to see
if pg_type.typsubscript == F_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_HANDLER. For this
to be bulletproof, we have to forbid user-defined types from using
that handler directly; but there seems no good reason for them to
do so.
This patch also removes assumptions that the number of subscripts
is limited to MAXDIM (6), or indeed has any hard-wired limit.
That limit still applies to types handled by array_subscript_handler
or raw_array_subscript_handler, but to discourage other dependencies
on this constant, I've moved it from c.h to utils/array.h.
Dmitry Dolgov, reviewed at various times by Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov,
Peter Eisentraut, Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVDuGBv=M0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVovR+XY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA@mail.gmail.com
It was still using a scan of pg_depend instead of using the conindid
column that has been added since.
Since it is now just a catalog lookup wrapper and not related to
pg_depend, move from pg_depend.c to lsyscache.c.
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4688d55c-9a2e-9a5a-d166-5f24fe0bf8db%40enterprisedb.com
Three places of unicode_norm.c use a similar logic for getting the
combining class from a codepoint. Commit 2991ac5 has added the function
get_canonical_class() for this purpose, but it was only called by the
backend. This commit refactors the code to use this function in all
the places where the combining class is retrieved from a given
codepoint.
Author: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsHUV7s7YrOm6hFz-Jq8Sc7K_yxTkfNZxsDV-DuM-k-gwg@mail.gmail.com
It is error prone (see 5da871bfa1) and verbose to manually create function
types. Add a helper that can reference a function pointer type via
llvmjit_types.c and and convert existing instances of manual creation.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201207212142.wz5tnbk2jsaqzogb@alap3.anarazel.de
array_get_element and array_get_slice qualify as leakproof, since
they will silently return NULL for bogus subscripts. But
array_set_element and array_set_slice throw errors for such cases,
making them clearly not leakproof. contain_leaked_vars was evidently
written with only the former case in mind, as it gave the wrong answer
for assignment SubscriptingRefs (nee ArrayRefs).
This would be a live security bug, were it not that assignment
SubscriptingRefs can only occur in INSERT and UPDATE target lists,
while we only care about leakproofness for qual expressions; so the
wrong answer can't occur in practice. Still, that's a rather shaky
answer for a security-related question; and maybe in future somebody
will want to ask about leakproofness of a tlist. So it seems wise to
fix and even back-patch this correction.
(We would need some change here anyway for the upcoming
generic-subscripting patch, since extensions might make different
tradeoffs about whether to throw errors. Commit 558d77f20 attempted
to lay groundwork for that by asking check_functions_in_node whether a
SubscriptingRef contains leaky functions; but that idea fails now that
the implementation methods of a SubscriptingRef are not SQL-visible
functions that could be marked leakproof or not.)
Back-patch to 9.6. While 9.5 has the same issue, the code's a bit
different. It seems quite unlikely that we'd introduce any actual bug
in the short time 9.5 has left to live, so the work/risk/reward balance
isn't attractive for changing 9.5.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3143742.1607368115@sss.pgh.pa.us
This GUC was always intended as a temporary solution to help with
finding 9.4-to-9.5 migration issues. Now that all pre-9.5 branches
are out of support, and 9.5 will be too before v14 is released,
it seems like it's okay to drop it. Doing so allows removal of
several hundred lines of poorly-tested code in parse_expr.c,
which have been a fertile source of bugs when people did use this.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2234320.1607117945@sss.pgh.pa.us
Formerly, extended statistics only handled clauses that were
RestrictInfos. However, the restrictinfo machinery doesn't create
sub-AND RestrictInfos for AND clauses underneath OR clauses.
Therefore teach extended statistics to handle bare AND clauses,
looking for compatible RestrictInfo clauses underneath them.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tomas Vondra.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCW=J65GUFm50RcPv-iASnS2mTXQbr=CfBvWRVhFLJ_fWA@mail.gmail.com
When estimating an OR clause using multiple extended statistics
objects, treat the estimates for each set of clauses for each
statistics object as independent of one another. The overlap estimates
produced for each statistics object do not apply to clauses covered by
other statistics objects.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tomas Vondra.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCW=J65GUFm50RcPv-iASnS2mTXQbr=CfBvWRVhFLJ_fWA@mail.gmail.com
After autovacuum collects the relations to vacuum or analyze, it rechecks
whether each relation still needs to be vacuumed or analyzed before actually
doing that. Previously this recheck could be a significant overhead
especially when there were a very large number of relations. This was
because each recheck forced the statistics to be refreshed, and the refresh
of the statistics for a very large number of relations could cause heavy
overhead. There was the report that this issue caused autovacuum workers
to have gotten “stuck” in a tight loop of table_recheck_autovac() that
rechecks whether a relation needs to be vacuumed or analyzed.
This commit speeds up the recheck by making autovacuum worker reuse
the previously-read statistics for the recheck if possible. Then if that
"stale" statistics says that a relation still needs to be vacuumed or analyzed,
autovacuum refreshes the statistics and does the recheck again.
The benchmark shows that the more relations exist and autovacuum workers
are running concurrently, the more this change reduces the autovacuum
execution time. For example, when there are 20,000 tables and 10 autovacuum
workers are running, the benchmark showed that the change improved
the performance of autovacuum more than three times. On the other hand,
even when there are only 1000 tables and only a single autovacuum worker
is running, the benchmark didn't show any big performance regression by
the change.
Firstly POC patch was proposed by Jim Nasby. As the result of discussion,
we used Tatsuhito Kasahara's version of the patch using the approach
suggested by Tom Lane.
Reported-by: Jim Nasby
Author: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3FC6C2F2-8A47-44C0-B997-28830B5716D0@amazon.com
clang only uses the 'i1' type for scalar booleans, not for pointers to
booleans (as the pointer might be pointing into a larger memory
allocation). Therefore a pointer-to-bool needs to the "storage" boolean.
There's no known case of wrong code generation due to this, but it seems quite
possible that it could cause problems (see e.g. 72559438f9).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201207212142.wz5tnbk2jsaqzogb@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-, where jit support was added
pg_database.datfrozenxid gets updated using an in-place update at the
end of vacuum or autovacuum. Since 96cdeae, as pg_database has a toast
relation, it is possible for a pg_database tuple to have toast values
if there is a large set of ACLs in place. In such a case, the in-place
update would fail because of the flattening of the toast values done for
the catcache entry fetched. Instead of using a copy from the catcache,
this changes the logic to fetch the copy of the tuple by directly
scanning pg_database.
Per the lack of complaints on the matter, no backpatch is done. Note
that before 96cdeae, attempting to insert such a tuple to pg_database
would cause a "row is too big" error, so the end-of-vacuum problem was
not reachable.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, Junfeng Yang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DM5PR0501MB38800D9E4605BCA72DD35557CCE10@DM5PR0501MB3880.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
Exercise some error cases that were never reached in the existing
regression tests. This is partly for code-coverage reasons, and
partly to memorialize the current behavior in advance of planned
changes for generic subscripting.
Also, I noticed that type_sanity's check to verify that all standard
types have array types was never extended when we added arrays for
all system catalog rowtypes (f7f70d5e2), nor when we added arrays
over domain types (c12d570fa). So do that. Also, since the query's
expected output isn't empty, it seems like a good idea to add an
ORDER BY to make sure the result stays stable.
pg_rewind looks at the control file to check what timeline a server is on.
But promotion doesn't immediately write a checkpoint, it merely writes
an end-of-recovery WAL record. If pg_rewind runs immediately after
promotion, before the checkpoint has completed, it will think think that
the server is still on the earlier timeline. We ran into this issue a long
time ago already, see commit 484a848a73.
It's a bit bogus that pg_rewind doesn't determine the timeline correctly
until the end-of-recovery checkpoint has completed. We probably should
fix that. But for now work around it by waiting for the checkpoint
to complete before running pg_rewind, like we did in commit 484a848a73.
In the passing, tidy up the new test a little bit. Rerder the INSERTs so
that the comments make more sense, remove a spurious CHECKPOINT call after
pg_rewind has already run, and add --debug option, so that if this fails
again, we'll have more data.
Per buildfarm failure at https://buildfarm.postgresql.org/cgi-bin/show_stage_log.pl?nm=rorqual&dt=2020-12-06%2018%3A32%3A19&stg=pg_rewind-check.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1713707e-e318-761c-d287-5b6a4aa807e8@iki.fi
Along the same lines as ed2c7f65b and daa9fe8a5, reduce code duplication
by having just one copy of the parts of the query that are the same
across all server versions; and make the conditionals control the
smallest possible amount of code. This is in preparation for adding
another dumpable field to pg_type.
An error code path newly-introduced by 87ae969 forgot to close a file
descriptor when verifying a file's checksum.
Per report from Coverity, via Tom Lane.
Commit 4be058fe9 forgot that the append_rel_list would already be
populated at the time we remove useless result RTEs, and it might contain
PlaceHolderVars that need to be adjusted like the ones in the main parse
tree. This could lead to "no relation entry for relid N" failures later
on, when the planner tries to do something with an unadjusted PHV.
Per report from Tom Ellis. Back-patch to v12 where the bug came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201205173056.GF30712@cloudinit-builder
Buildfarm has been failing sporadically on the new test. I was able to
reproduce this by adding a random 0-10 s delay in the walreceiver, just
before it connects to the primary. There's a race condition where node_3
is promoted before it has fully caught up with node_1, leading to diverged
timelines. When node_1 is later reconfigured as standby following node_3,
it fails to catch up:
LOG: primary server contains no more WAL on requested timeline 1
LOG: new timeline 2 forked off current database system timeline 1 before current recovery point 0/30000A0
That's the situation where you'd need to use pg_rewind, but in this case
it happens already when we are just setting up the actual pg_rewind
scenario we want to test, so change the test so that it waits until
node_3 is connected and fully caught up before promoting it, so that you
get a clean, controlled failover.
Also rewrite some of the comments, for clarity. The existing comments
detailed what each step in the test did, but didn't give a good overview
of the situation the steps were trying to create.
For reasons I don't understand, the test setup had to be written slightly
differently in 9.6 and 9.5 than in later versions. The 9.5/9.6 version
needed node 1 to be reinitialized from backup, whereas in later versions
it could be shut down and reconfigured to be a standby. But even 9.5 should
support "clean switchover", where primary makes sure that pending WAL is
replicated to standby on shutdown. It would be nice to figure out what's
going on there, but that's independent of pg_rewind and the scenario that
this test tests.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/b0a3b95b-82d2-6089-6892-40570f8c5e60%40iki.fi
User-visible log messages should go through ereport(), so they are
subject to translation. Many remaining elog(LOG) calls are really
debugging calls.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/92d6f545-5102-65d8-3c87-489f71ea0a37%40enterprisedb.com
We start recording changes in ReorderBufferTXN even before we reach
SNAPBUILD_CONSISTENT state so that if the commit is encountered after
reaching that we should be able to send the changes of the entire transaction.
Now, while recording changes if the reorder buffer memory has exceeded
logical_decoding_work_mem then we can start streaming if it is allowed and
we haven't yet streamed that data. However, we must not allow streaming to
start unless the snapshot has reached SNAPBUILD_CONSISTENT state.
In passing, improve the comments atop ReorderBufferResetTXN to mention the
case when we need to continue streaming after getting an error.
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KoOH0byboyYY40NBcC7Fe812trwTa+WY3jQF7WQWZbQg@mail.gmail.com
87ae969 has created two new files called cryptohash{_openssl}.c in
src/common/, whose names overlap with the existing backend file called
cryptohashes.c dedicated to the SQL wrappers for SHA2 and MD5. This
file is renamed to cryptohashfuncs.c to be more consistent with the
surroundings and reduce the confusion with the new cryptohash interface
of src/common/.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X8hHhaQgbMbW+aGU@paquier.xyz
The use of low-level hash routines is not recommended by upstream
OpenSSL since 2000, and pgcrypto already switched to EVP as of 5ff4a67.
This takes advantage of the refactoring done in 87ae969 that has
introduced the allocation and free routines for cryptographic hashes.
Since 1.1.0, OpenSSL does not publish the contents of the cryptohash
contexts, forcing any consumers to rely on OpenSSL for all allocations.
Hence, the resource owner callback mechanism gains a new set of routines
to track and free cryptohash contexts when using OpenSSL, preventing any
risks of leaks in the backend. Nothing is needed in the frontend thanks
to the refactoring of 87ae969, and the resowner knowledge is isolated
into cryptohash_openssl.c.
Note that this also fixes a failure with SCRAM authentication when using
FIPS in OpenSSL, but as there have been few complaints about this
problem and as this causes an ABI breakage, no backpatch is done.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200924025314.GE7405@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180911030250.GA27115@paquier.xyz
If the target is a standby server, its WAL doesn't end at the last
checkpoint record, but at minRecoveryPoint. We must scan all the
WAL from the last common checkpoint all the way up to minRecoveryPoint
for modified pages, and also consider that portion when determining
whether the server needs rewinding.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Author: Ian Barwick and me
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CABvVfJU-LDWvoz4-Yow3Ay5LZYTuPD7eSjjE4kGyNZpXC6FrVQ%40mail.gmail.com
Formerly we only applied extended statistics to an OR clause as part
of the clauselist_selectivity() code path for an OR clause appearing
in an implicitly-ANDed list of clauses. This meant that it could only
use extended statistics if all sub-clauses of the OR clause were
covered by a single extended statistics object.
Instead, teach clause_selectivity() how to apply extended statistics
to an OR clause by handling its ORed list of sub-clauses in a similar
manner to an implicitly-ANDed list of sub-clauses, but with different
combination rules. This allows one or more extended statistics objects
to be used to estimate all or part of the list of sub-clauses. Any
remaining sub-clauses are then treated as if they are independent.
Additionally, to avoid double-application of extended statistics, this
introduces "extended" versions of clause_selectivity() and
clauselist_selectivity(), which include an option to ignore extended
statistics. This replaces the old clauselist_selectivity_simple()
function which failed to completely ignore extended statistics when
called from the extended statistics code.
A known limitation of the current infrastructure is that an AND clause
under an OR clause is not treated as compatible with extended
statistics (because we don't build RestrictInfos for such sub-AND
clauses). Thus, for example, "(a=1 AND b=1) OR (a=2 AND b=2)" will
currently be treated as two independent AND clauses (each of which may
be estimated using extended statistics), but extended statistics will
not currently be used to account for any possible overlap between
those clauses. Improving that is left as a task for the future.
Original patch by Tomas Vondra, with additional improvements by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200113230008.g67iyk4cs3xbnjju@development
This changes CLUSTER and REINDEX so as a parenthesized grammar becomes
possible for options, while unifying the grammar parsing rules for
option lists with the existing ones.
This is a follow-up of the work done in 873ea9e for VACUUM, ANALYZE and
EXPLAIN. This benefits REINDEX for a potential backend-side filtering
for collatable-sensitive indexes and TABLESPACE, while CLUSTER would
benefit from the latter.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
GSS information (if used) such as if the connection was authorized using
GSS or if it was encrypted using GSS, and perhaps most importantly, what
the GSS principal used for the authentication was, is extremely useful
but wasn't being included in the connection authorized log message.
Therefore, add to the connection authorized log message that
information, in a similar manner to how we log SSL information when SSL
is used for a connection.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm2N1385_Ltoo%3DS7VGT-ESu_bRQa-sC1wg6ikrM2L2Z49w%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 6b466bf5f2 allowed pg_stat_statements to track the number of
WAL records, full page images and bytes that each statement generated.
Similarly this commit allows us to track the cluster-wide WAL statistics
counters.
New columns wal_records, wal_fpi and wal_bytes are added into the
pg_stat_wal view, and reports the total number of WAL records,
full page images and bytes generated in the , respectively.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Movead Li, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/35ef960128b90bfae3b3fdf60a3a860f@oss.nttdata.com
This commit changes restore_command from PGC_POSTMASTER to PGC_SIGHUP.
As the side effect of this commit, restore_command can be reset to
empty during archive recovery. In this setting, archive recovery
tries to replay only WAL files available in pg_wal directory. This is
the same behavior as when the command that always fails is specified
in restore_command.
Note that restore_command still must be specified (not empty) when
starting archive recovery, even after applying this commit. This is
necessary as the safeguard to prevent users from forgetting to
specify restore_command and starting archive recovery.
Thanks to Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier, Andres Freund,
Robert Haas and Anastasia Lubennikova for discussion.
Author: Sergei Kornilov
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2317771549527294@sas2-985f744271ca.qloud-c.yandex.net
Two new routines to allocate a hash context and to free it are created,
as these become necessary for the goal behind this refactoring: switch
the all cryptohash implementations for OpenSSL to use EVP (for FIPS and
also because upstream does not recommend the use of low-level cryptohash
functions for 20 years). Note that OpenSSL hides the internals of
cryptohash contexts since 1.1.0, so it is necessary to leave the
allocation to OpenSSL itself, explaining the need for those two new
routines. This part is going to require more work to properly track
hash contexts with resource owners, but this not introduced here.
Still, this refactoring makes the move possible.
This reduces the number of routines for all SHA2 implementations from
twelve (SHA{224,256,386,512} with init, update and final calls) to five
(create, free, init, update and final calls) by incorporating the hash
type directly into the hash context data.
The new cryptohash routines are moved to a new file, called cryptohash.c
for the fallback implementations, with SHA2 specifics becoming a part
internal to src/common/. OpenSSL specifics are part of
cryptohash_openssl.c. This infrastructure is usable for more hash
types, like MD5 or HMAC.
Any code paths using the internal SHA2 routines are adapted to report
correctly errors, which are most of the changes of this commit. The
zones mostly impacted are checksum manifests, libpq and SCRAM.
Note that e21cbb4 was a first attempt to switch SHA2 to EVP, but it
lacked the refactoring needed for libpq, as done here.
This patch has been tested on Linux and Windows, with and without
OpenSSL, and down to 1.0.1, the oldest version supported on HEAD.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200924025314.GE7405@paquier.xyz
As it stood, expandTableLikeClause() re-did the same relation_openrv
call that transformTableLikeClause() had done. However there are
scenarios where this would not find the same table as expected.
We hold lock on the LIKE source table, so it can't be renamed or
dropped, but another table could appear before it in the search path.
This explains the odd behavior reported in bug #16758 when cloning a
table as a temp table of the same name. This case worked as expected
before commit 502898192 introduced the need to open the source table
twice, so we should fix it.
To make really sure we get the same table, let's re-open it by OID not
name. That requires adding an OID field to struct TableLikeClause,
which is a little nervous-making from an ABI standpoint, but as long
as it's at the end I don't think there's any serious risk.
Per bug #16758 from Marc Boeren. Like the previous patch,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16758-840e84a6cfab276d@postgresql.org
When committing a transaction that dropped a relation, we previously
truncated only the first segment file to free up disk space (the one
that won't be unlinked until the next checkpoint).
Truncate higher numbered segments too, even though we unlink them on
commit. This frees the disk space immediately, even if other backends
have open file descriptors and might take a long time to get around to
handling shared invalidation events and closing them. Also extend the
same behavior to the first segment, in recovery.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Bug: #16663
Reported-by: Denis Patron <denis.patron@previnet.it>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov <pashkin.elfe@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Chen <carpenter.nail.cz@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Zhang <david.zhang@highgo.ca>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16663-fe97ccf9932fc800%40postgresql.org
For debugging purposes, Path nodes are supposed to have outfuncs
support, but this was overlooked in the original incremental sort patch.
While at it, clean up a couple other minor oversights, as well as
bizarre choice of return type for create_incremental_sort_path().
(All the existing callers just cast it to "Path *" immediately, so
they don't care, but some future caller might care.)
outfuncs.c fix by Zhijie Hou, the rest by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/324c4d81d8134117972a5b1f6cdf9560@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
This can't work if there's no postmaster, and indeed the code got an
assertion failure trying. There should be a check on IsUnderPostmaster
gating the use of parallelism, as the planner has for ordinary
parallel queries.
Commit 40d964ec9 got this right, so follow its model of checking
IsUnderPostmaster at the same place where we check for
max_parallel_maintenance_workers == 0. In general, new code
implementing parallel utility operations should do the same.
Report and patch by Yulin Pei, cosmetically adjusted by me.
Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HK0PR01MB22747D839F77142D7E76A45DF4F50@HK0PR01MB2274.apcprd01.prod.exchangelabs.com
If a PlaceHolderVar is to be evaluated at a join relation, but
its value is only needed there and not at higher levels, we neglected
to update the joinrel's direct_lateral_relids to include the PHV's
source rel. This causes problems because join_is_legal() then won't
allow joining the joinrel to the PHV's source rel at all, leading
to "failed to build any N-way joins" planner failures.
Per report from Andreas Seltenreich. Back-patch to 9.5
where the problem originated.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87blfgqa4t.fsf@aurora.ydns.eu
Those three commands have been using the same grammar rules to handle a
a list of parenthesized options. This refactors the code so as they use
the same parsing rules, shaving some code. A future commit will make
use of those option parsing rules for more utility commands, like
REINDEX and CLUSTER.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
Previously the shutdown of a background worker that uses die() as
SIGTERM signal handler produced the log message "terminating
connection due to administrator command". This log message was
confusing because a background worker is not a connection.
This commit improves that log message to "terminating background
worker XXX due to administrator command" (XXX is replaced with
the name of the background worker). This is the same log message
as another SIGTERM signal handler bgworker_die() for a background
worker reports.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3f292fbb-f155-9a01-7cb2-7ccc9007ab3f@oss.nttdata.com
Through my misreading of what the existing code actually did,
commits 85c54287a et al. broke psql's behavior for the case where
"\c connstring" provides a password in the connstring. We should
use that password in such a case, but as of 85c54287a we ignored it
(and instead, prompted for a password).
Commit 94929f1cf fixed that in HEAD, but since I thought it was
cleaning up a longstanding misbehavior and not one I'd just created,
I didn't back-patch it.
Hence, back-patch the portions of 94929f1cf having to do with
password management. In addition to fixing the introduced bug,
this means that "\c -reuse-previous=on connstring" will allow
re-use of an existing connection's password if the connstring
doesn't change user/host/port. That didn't happen before, but
it seems like a bug fix, and anyway I'm loath to have significant
differences in this code across versions.
Also fix an error with the same root cause about whether or not to
override a connstring's setting of client_encoding. As of 85c54287a
we always did so; restore the previous behavior of overriding only
when stdin/stdout are a terminal and there's no environment setting
of PGCLIENTENCODING. (I find that definition a bit surprising, but
right now doesn't seem like the time to revisit it.)
Per bug #16746 from Krzysztof Gradek. As with the previous patch,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16746-44b30e2edf4335d4@postgresql.org
Buildfarm member topminnow failed when the test script attempted this
before the syslogger would have created the file. Back-patch to v12,
which introduced the test.
Commit 566372b3d fixed some race conditions involving concurrent
SimpleLruTruncate calls, but it introduced new ones in async.c.
A newly-listening backend could attempt to read Notify SLRU pages that
were in process of being truncated, possibly causing an error. Also,
the QUEUE_TAIL pointer could become set to a value that's not equal to
the queue position of any backend. While that's fairly harmless in
v13 and up (thanks to commit 51004c717), in older branches it resulted
in near-permanent disabling of the queue truncation logic, so that
continued use of NOTIFY led to queue-fill warnings and eventual
inability to send any more notifies. (A server restart is enough to
make that go away, but it's still pretty unpleasant.)
The core of the problem is confusion about whether QUEUE_TAIL
represents the "logical" tail of the queue (i.e., the oldest
still-interesting data) or the "physical" tail (the oldest data we've
not yet truncated away). To fix, split that into two variables.
QUEUE_TAIL regains its definition as the logical tail, and we
introduce a new variable to track the oldest un-truncated page.
Per report from Mikael Gustavsson. Like the previous patch,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1b8561412e8a4f038d7a491c8b922788@smhi.se
Previously pg_stat_progress_cluster view reported the current block
number in heap scan as the number of heap blocks scanned (i.e.,
heap_blks_scanned). This reported number could be incorrect when
synchronize_seqscans is enabled, because it allowed the heap scan to
start at block in middle. This could result in wraparounds in the
heap_blks_scanned column when the heap scan wrapped around.
This commit fixes the bug by calculating the number of blocks from
the block that the heap scan starts at to the current block in scan,
and reporting that number in the heap_blks_scanned column.
Also, in pg_stat_progress_cluster view, previously heap_blks_scanned
could not reach heap_blks_total at the end of heap scan phase
if the last pages scanned were empty. This commit fixes the bug by
manually updating heap_blks_scanned to the same value as
heap_blks_total when the heap scan phase finishes.
Back-patch to v12 where pg_stat_progress_cluster view was introduced.
Reported-by: Matthias van de Meent
Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WjCBWSGkVfYag001Rc4+-nNLDpWM7QbyD6yPvuhKs-gYQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously test_shm_mq worker used the stripped-down version of die()
as the SIGTERM signal handler. This commit makes it use die(), instead,
to simplify the code.
In terms of the code, the difference between die() and the stripped-down
version previously used is whether the signal handler directly may call
ProcessInterrupts() or not. But this difference doesn't exist in
a background worker because, in bgworker, DoingCommandRead flag will
never be true and die() will never call ProcessInterrupts() directly.
Therefore test_shm_mq worker can safely use die(), like other bgworker
proceses (e.g., logical replication apply launcher or autoprewarm worker)
currently do.
Thanks to Craig Ringer for the report and investigation of the issue.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGRY4nxsAe_1k_9g5b47orA0S011iBoHsXHFMH7cg7HV0O1bwQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously worker_spi used its custom signal handlers for SIGHUP and
SIGTERM. This commit makes worker_spi use the standard signal handlers,
to simplify the code.
Note that die() is used as the standard SIGTERM signal handler in
worker_spi instead of SignalHandlerForShutdownRequest() or bgworker_die().
Previously the exit handling was only able to exit from within the main loop,
and not from within the backend code it calls. This is why die() needs to
be used here, so worker_spi can respond to SIGTERM signal while it's
executing a query.
Maybe we can say that it's a bug that worker_spi could not respond to
SIGTERM during query execution. But since worker_spi is a just example
of the background worker code, we don't do the back-patch.
Thanks to Craig Ringer for the report and investigation of the issue.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXDEZhAFOTDcqO9cFSRvrFLyYOnPKrcA1UG4uZn9hUAVg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGRY4nxsAe_1k_9g5b47orA0S011iBoHsXHFMH7cg7HV0O1bwQ@mail.gmail.com
Tablesync worker runs under a single transaction but in streaming mode, we
were committing the transaction on stream_stop, stream_abort, and
stream_commit. We need to avoid committing the transaction in a streaming
mode in tablesync worker.
In passing move the call to process_syncing_tables in
apply_handle_stream_commit after clean up of stream files. This will
allow clean up of files to happen before the exit of tablesync worker
which would otherwise be handled by one of the proc exit routines.
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Peter Smith
Tested-by: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Pt4PyKQCwqzQ=EFF=bpKKJD7XKt_S23F6L20ayQNxg77A@mail.gmail.com
Reverts 27838981be (some comments are kept). Per discussion, it does
not seem safe to relax the lock level used for this; in order for it to
be safe, there would have to be memory barriers between the point we set
the flag and the point we set the trasaction Xid, which perhaps would
not be so bad; but there would also have to be barriers at the readers'
side, which from a performance perspective might be bad.
Now maybe this analysis is wrong and it *is* safe for some reason, but
proof of that is not trivial.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201118190928.vnztes7c2sldu43a@alap3.anarazel.de
If more distinct statements than pg_stat_statements.max are observed,
pg_stat_statements entries about the least-executed statements are
deallocated. This commit enables us to track the total number of times
those entries were deallocated. That number can be viewed in the
pg_stat_statements_info view that this commit adds. It's useful when
tuning pg_stat_statements.max parameter. If it's high, i.e., the entries
are deallocated very frequently, which might cause the performance
regression and we can increase pg_stat_statements.max to avoid those
frequent deallocations.
The pg_stat_statements_info view is intended to display the statistics
of pg_stat_statements module itself. Currently it has only one column
"dealloc" indicating the number of times entries were deallocated.
But an upcoming patch will add other columns (for example, the time
at which pg_stat_statements statistics were last reset) into the view.
Author: Katsuragi Yuta, Yuki Seino
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0d9f1107772cf5c3f954e985464c7298@oss.nttdata.com
In the various waiting phases of CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY (CIC) and
REINDEX CONCURRENTLY (RC), we wait for other processes to release their
snapshots; this is necessary in general for correctness. However,
processes doing CIC in other tables cannot possibly affect CIC or RC
done in "this" table, so we don't need to wait for those. This commit
adds a flag in MyProc->statusFlags to indicate that the current process
is doing CIC, so that other processes doing CIC or RC can ignore it when
waiting.
Note that this logic is only valid if the index does not access other
tables. For simplicity we avoid setting the flag if the index has a
column that's an expression, or has a WHERE predicate. (It is possible
to have expressional or partial indexes that do not access other tables,
but figuring that out would require more work.)
This flag can potentially also be used by processes doing REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY to be skipped; and by VACUUM to ignore processes in CIC or
RC for the purposes of computing an Xmin. That's left for future
commits.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Dimitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200810233815.GA18970@alvherre.pgsql
Historically, psql has truncated the text of a column's default
expression at 128 characters. This is unlike any other behavior
in describe.c, and it's become particularly confusing now that
the limit is only applied to the expression proper and not to
the "generated always as (...) stored" text that may get wrapped
around it.
Excavation in our git history suggests that the original motivation
for this limit was not really to limit the display width (as I'd long
supposed), but to make it safe to use a fixed-width output buffer to
store the result. That implementation restriction is long gone of
course, but the limit remained. Let's just get rid of it.
While here, rearrange the logic about when to free the output string
so that it's not so dependent on unstated assumptions about the
possible values of attidentity and attgenerated.
Per bug #16743 from David Turon. Back-patch to v12 where GENERATED
came in. (Arguably we could take it back further, but I'm hesitant
to change the behavior of long-stable branches for this.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16743-7b1bacc4af76e7ad@postgresql.org
Up to now, we sent a ParameterStatus message to the client immediately
upon any change in the active value of any GUC_REPORT variable. This
was only barely okay when the feature was designed; now that we have
things like function SET clauses, there are very plausible use-cases
where a GUC_REPORT variable might change many times within a query
--- and even end up back at its original value, perhaps. Fortunately
most of our GUC_REPORT variables are unlikely to be changed often;
but there are proposals in play to enlarge that set, or even make it
user-configurable.
Hence, let's fix things to not generate more than one ParameterStatus
message per variable per query, and to not send any message at all
unless the end-of-query value is different from what we last reported.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5708.1601145259@sss.pgh.pa.us
The hint "Is another postmaster already running ..." should only be
printed for errors that are really about something else already using
the address. In other cases it is misleading. So only show that hint
if errno == EADDRINUSE.
Also, since Unix-domain sockets in the file-system namespace never
report EADDRINUSE for an existing file (they would just overwrite it),
the part of the hint saying "If not, remove socket file \"%s\" and
retry." can never happen, so remove it. Unix-domain sockets in the
abstract namespace can report EADDRINUSE, but in that case there is no
file to remove, so the hint doesn't work there either.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6dee8574-b0ad-fc49-9c8c-2edc796f0033@2ndquadrant.com
This is a variant of the normal Unix-domain sockets that don't use the
file system but a separate "abstract" namespace. At the user
interface, such sockets are represented by names starting with "@".
Supported on Linux and Windows right now.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6dee8574-b0ad-fc49-9c8c-2edc796f0033@2ndquadrant.com
The buildfarm animal walleye, running MinGW 8.1 has been having problems
ever since 697e1d02f and 913ec71d6 went in. This appears to be a bug in
assembler which was fixed in a later version.
For now, in order to get that animal running green again, let's just
define pg_attribute_cold and pg_attribute_hot to be empty macros on that
compiler. Hopefully, we can get the support of the owner of the animal to
upgrade to a less buggy compiler and revert this at a later date.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/286560.1606233316@sss.pgh.pa.us
currtid() and currtid2() are an undocumented set of functions whose sole
known user is the Postgres ODBC driver, able to retrieve the latest TID
version for a tuple given by the caller of those functions.
As used by Postgres ODBC, currtid() is a shortcut able to retrieve the
last TID loaded into a backend by passing an OID of 0 (magic value)
after a tuple insertion. This is removed in this commit, as it became
obsolete after the driver began using "RETURNING ctid" with inserts, a
clause supported since Postgres 8.2 (using RETURNING is better for
performance anyway as it reduces the number of round-trips to the
backend).
currtid2() is still used by the driver, so this remains around for now.
Note that this function is kept in its original shape for backward
compatibility reasons.
Per discussion with many people, including Andres Freund, Peter
Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera, Hiroshi Inoue, Tom Lane and myself.
Bump catalog version.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200603021448.GB89559@paquier.xyz
Previously this code assumed that all IndexScan nodes supported
mark/restore, which is not true since it depends on optional index AM
support functions. This could lead to errors about missing support
functions in rare edge cases of mergejoins with no sort keys, where an
unordered non-btree index scan was placed on the inner path without a
protecting Materialize node. (Normally, the fact that merge join
requires ordered input would avoid this error.)
Backpatch all the way since this bug is ancient.
Per report from Eugen Konkov on irc.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8jn50be.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
1fa22a43a was a quick fix for portability problem I introduced in
697e1d02f. 1fa22a43a adds a few more cases to the preprocessor logic than
I'd have liked. Andres Freund and Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker suggested a
better way to do this.
In passing, also adjust the only current usage of these macros so that the
macro comes before the function's return type in the declaration of the
function. This now matches what the definition of the function does.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200625163553.lt6wocbjhklp5pl4@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pn43bmok.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
I'm having a hard time telling whether the letter of the C standard
requires this, but we do have a couple of buildfarm members that
throw warnings when this is not done. Oversight in c532d15dd.
While ereport() and elog() themselves are quite cheap when the
error message level is too low to be printed, some places need to do
substantial work before they can call those macros at all. To allow
optimizing away such setup work when nothing is to be printed, make
elog.c export a new function message_level_is_interesting(elevel)
that reports whether ereport/elog will do anything. Make use of that
in various places that had ad-hoc direct tests of log_min_messages etc.
Also teach ProcSleep to use it to avoid some work. (There may well
be other places that could usefully use this; I didn't search hard.)
Within elog.c, refactor a little bit to avoid having duplicate copies
of the policy-setting logic. When that code was written, we weren't
relying on the availability of inline functions; so it had some
duplications in the name of efficiency, which I got rid of.
Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/129515.1606166429@sss.pgh.pa.us
This should fix the breakages caused by 697e1d02f, which seems to break
the build for GCC version < 5.
It seems, according to the GCC manual that __has_attribute is a "special
operator" and must be tested without any other conditions in the
preprocessor test.
Per recommendation from the GCC manual via Greg Nancarrow
Reported-by: Greg Nancarrow
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-euSu8fhC10v476o9dqnjqKysVs1_vRms-_fvajpZ3kFw@mail.gmail.com
Here we use a bit of preprocessor trickery to coax supporting compilers
into laying out their generated code so that the code that's in the same
branch as elog(ERROR)/ereport(ERROR) calls is moved away from the hot
path. Effectively, this reduces the size of the hot code meaning that it
can sit on fewer cache lines.
Performance improvements of between 10-15% have been seen on highly CPU
bound workloads using pgbench's TPC-b benchmark.
What's achieved here is very similar to putting the error condition inside
an unlikely() macro. For example;
if (unlikely(x < 0))
elog(ERROR, "invalid x value");
now there's no need to make use of unlikely() here as the common macro
used by elog and ereport will now see that elevel is >= ERROR and make use
of a pg_attribute_cold marked version of errstart().
When elevel < ERROR or if it cannot be determined to be constant, the
original behavior is maintained.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrVpasrEzLL2er7p9iwZFZ%3DJj6WisePcFeunwfrV0js_A%40mail.gmail.com
For compilers supporting __has_attribute and __has_attribute (hot/cold).
__has_attribute is supported on gcc >= 5, clang >= 2.9 and icc >= 17.
A followup commit will implement some usages of these macros.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrVpasrEzLL2er7p9iwZFZ%3DJj6WisePcFeunwfrV0js_A%40mail.gmail.com
While cancelling an autovacuum worker, we hold ProcArrayLock while
formatting a debugging log string. We can make this shorter by saving
the data we need to produce the message and doing the formatting outside
the locked region.
This isn't terribly critical, as it only occurs pretty rarely: when a
backend runs deadlock detection and it happens to be blocked by a
autovacuum running autovacuum. Still, there's no need to cause a hiccup
in ProcArrayLock processing, which can be very high-traffic in some
cases.
While at it, rework code so that we only print the string when it is
really going to be used, as suggested by Michael Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201118214127.GA3179@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Historically these were called >^ and <^, but that is inconsistent
with the similar box, polygon, and circle operators, which are named
|>> and <<| respectively. Worse, the >^ and <^ names are used for
*not* strict above/below tests for the box type.
Hence, invent new operators following the more common naming. The
old operators remain available for now, and are still accepted by
the relevant index opclasses too. But there's a deprecation notice,
so maybe we can get rid of them someday.
Emre Hasegeli, reviewed by Pavel Borisov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24348.1587444160@sss.pgh.pa.us
Clarify that you can "insert" into a generated column as long as what
you're inserting is a DEFAULT placeholder.
Also, use ERRCODE_GENERATED_ALWAYS in place of ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR;
there doesn't seem to be any reason to use the less specific errcode.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9q0sgcr416t.fsf@gmx.us
A few sanity checks in funcapi.c were not mentioning all the possible
clauses for failure, confusing developers who fat-fingered catalog data
additions. Make the errors more detailed to avoid wasting time in
pinpointing mistakes.
Per complaint from Craig Ringer.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YH7Kd87A3cU5m_wKo46HPQ46zFv5wesFNL0YWxkGhGv3g@mail.gmail.com
Copy.c has grown really large. Split it into more manageable parts:
- copy.c now contains only a few functions that are common to COPY FROM
and COPY TO.
- copyto.c contains code for COPY TO.
- copyfrom.c contains code for initializing COPY FROM, and inserting the
tuples to the correct table.
- copyfromparse.c contains code for reading from the client/file/program,
and parsing the input text/CSV/binary format into tuples.
All of these parts are fairly complicated, and fairly independent of each
other. There is a patch being discussed to implement parallel COPY FROM,
which will add a lot of new code to the COPY FROM path, and another patch
which would allow INSERTs to use the same multi-insert machinery as COPY
FROM, both of which will require refactoring that code. With those two
patches, there's going to be a lot of code churn in copy.c anyway, so now
seems like a good time to do this refactoring.
The CopyStateData struct is also split. All the formatting options, like
FORMAT, QUOTE, ESCAPE, are put in a new CopyFormatOption struct, which
is used by both COPY FROM and TO. Other state data are kept in separate
CopyFromStateData and CopyToStateData structs.
Reviewed-by: Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Erik Rijkers, Vignesh C, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/8e15b560-f387-7acc-ac90-763986617bfb%40iki.fi
One can say "INSERT INTO tab(generated_col) VALUES (DEFAULT)" and not
draw an error. But the equivalent case for a multi-row VALUES list
always threw an error, even if one properly said DEFAULT in each row.
Fix that. While here, improve the test cases for nearby logic about
OVERRIDING SYSTEM/USER values.
Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9q0sgcr416t.fsf@gmx.us
Since we're assuming IEEE floats these days, there seems little
reason not to do this. It has the advantage that when the slope is
computed as infinite due to the presence of Inf coordinates, we get
saner behavior than before from line_construct(), and thence also
in some dependent operations such as finding the closest point.
Also fix line_construct() to special-case slope zero. The previous
coding got the right answer in most cases, but it could compute
C as NaN when the point has Inf coordinates.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGf+fX70rWFOk5cd00uMfa__0yP+vtQg5ck7c2Onb-Yczp0URA@mail.gmail.com
"FPeq(infinity, infinity)" returned false, on account of getting NaN
when it subtracts the two inputs. Fix that by adding a separate
check for exact equality.
FPle() and FPge() similarly got the wrong answer for two like-signed
infinities. In those cases, we can just rearrange the comparisons
to avoid potentially subtracting infinities.
While the sibling functions FPne() etc accidentally gave the right
answers even with the internal NaN results, it seems best to make
similar adjustments to them to avoid depending on this.
FPeq() has to be converted to an inline function to avoid double
evaluations of its arguments, and I did the same for the others
just for consistency.
In passing, make the handling of NaN cases in line_eq() and
point_eq_point() simpler and easier to reason about, and perhaps
faster.
This results in just one visible regression test change: slope()
now gives DBL_MAX for two inputs of (inf,1e300), which is consistent
with what it does for (1e300,inf), so that seems like a bug fix.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGf+fX70rWFOk5cd00uMfa__0yP+vtQg5ck7c2Onb-Yczp0URA@mail.gmail.com
Add another edge-case value to "point_tbl", and add a test for
the line(point, point) function.
Some of the behaviors exposed here are wrong, but the idea of
committing this separately is to memorialize what we were getting,
and to allow easier inspection of the behavior changes caused by
upcoming patches.
Kyotaro Horiguchi (line() test added by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGf+fX70rWFOk5cd00uMfa__0yP+vtQg5ck7c2Onb-Yczp0URA@mail.gmail.com
As per discussion with Peter Eisentraunt, the SQL standard specifies
that any tuple insertion done as part of CREATE TABLE AS happens without
any extra ACL check, so it makes little sense to keep a check for INSERT
privileges when using WITH DATA. Materialized views are not part of the
standard, but similarly, this check can be confusing as this refers to
an access check on a table created within the same command as the one
that would insert data into this table.
This commit removes the INSERT privilege check for WITH DATA, the
default, that 846005e removed partially, but only for WITH NO DATA.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d049c272-9a47-d783-46b0-46665b011598@enterprisedb.com
Remove the ability to select random number generator independently from
SSL library. Instead, use the random number generator from the SSL
library (today only OpenSSL supported) if one is configured. If no SSL
library is configured, use the platform default (which means use
CryptoAPI on Win32 and /dev/urandom on Linux).
This also restructures pg_strong_random.c to have three clearly separate
sections, one for each implementation, with two functions in each,
instead of a scattered set of ifdefs throughout the whole file.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Magnus Hagander, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/632623.1605460616@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, when restore_command claimed to succeed but failed to restore
the file with the right name, for example, due to mis-configuration of
restore_command, no log message was reported. Then the recovery failed
later with an error message not directly related to the issue.
This commit changes the recovery so that a log message is emitted in
this error case. This would enable us to investigate what happened in
this case more easily.
Author: Jeff Janes, Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1xkFs3Omp4JR4wMYWdam_KLuj6LXnTYfU8u3T0h=PLLMQ@mail.gmail.com
We previously put the -isysroot switch only into CPPFLAGS, theorizing
that it was only needed to find the right copies of include files.
However, it seems that we also need to use it while linking programs,
to find the right stub ".tbd" files for libraries. We got away
without that up to now, but apparently that was mostly luck. It may
also be that failures are only observed when the Xcode version is
noticeably out of sync with the host macOS version; the case that's
prompting action right now is that builds fail when using latest Xcode
(12.2) on macOS Catalina, even though it's fine on Big Sur.
Hence, add -isysroot to LDFLAGS as well. (It seems that the more
common practice is to put it in CFLAGS, whence it'd be included at
both compile and link steps. However, we can't mess with CFLAGS in
the platform template file without confusing configure's logic for
choosing default CFLAGS.)
This should be back-patched, but first let's see if the buildfarm
likes it on HEAD.
Report and patch by James Hilliard (some cosmetic mods by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201120003314.20560-1-james.hilliard1@gmail.com
This feature was added a long time ago, in 7c1e67bd5 and eb121ba2c,
but never documented in any user-facing way. (Documentation added
in 6126d3e70 was commented out almost immediately, in 8272fc3f7.)
That's because, while this syntax is defined by SQL:99, our
implementation is only vaguely related to the standard's semantics.
The standard appears to intend a run-time not parse-time test, and
it definitely intends that the test should understand subtype
relationships.
No one has stepped up to fix that in the intervening years, but
people keep coming across the code and asking why it's not documented.
Let's just get rid of it: if anyone ever wants to make it work per
spec, they can easily recover whatever parts of this code are still
of value from our git history.
If there's anyone out there who's actually using this despite its
undocumented status, they can switch to using pg_typeof() instead,
eg. "pg_typeof(something) = 'mytype'::regtype". That gives
essentially the same semantics as what our IS OF code did.
(We didn't have that function last time this was discussed, or
we would have ripped out IS OF then.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwZ2pTc-DSkOiTfjauqLYkNREeNZvWmeg12Q-_69D+sYZA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BAY20-F23E9F2B4DAB3E4E88D3623F99B0@phx.gbl
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3E7CF81D.1000203@joeconway.com
Commit 502898192 was too careless about the order of execution of the
additional ALTER TABLE operations generated by expandTableLikeClause.
It just stuck them all at the end, which seems okay for most purposes.
But it falls down in the case where LIKE is importing a primary key
or unique index and the outer CREATE TABLE includes a FOREIGN KEY
constraint that needs to depend on that index. Weird as that is,
it used to work, so we ought to keep it working.
To fix, make parse_utilcmd.c insert LIKE clauses between index-creation
and FK-creation commands in the transformed list of commands, and change
utility.c so that the commands generated by expandTableLikeClause are
executed immediately not at the end. One could imagine scenarios where
this wouldn't work either; but currently expandTableLikeClause only
makes column default expressions, CHECK constraints, and indexes, and
this ordering seems fine for those.
Per bug #16730 from Sofoklis Papasofokli. Like the previous patch,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16730-b902f7e6e0276b30@postgresql.org
In 01e658fa74, the hash_func test
creates a type t1, but apparently a test running in parallel might
also use that name, depending on timing. Rename the type to avoid the
issue.
Add hash functions for the record type as well as a hash operator
family and operator class for the record type. This enables all the
hash functionality for the record type such as hash-based plans for
UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT DISTINCT, recursive queries using UNION
DISTINCT, hash joins, and hash partitioning.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/38eccd35-4e2d-6767-1b3c-dada1eac3124%402ndquadrant.com
Similarly to 3636efa, the checks done in pg_dump when parsing array
values from catalogs have been too lax. Under memory pressure, it could
be possible, though very unlikely, to finish with dumps that miss some
data like:
- Statistics for indexes
- Run-time configuration of functions
- Configuration of extensions
- Publication list for a subscription
No backpatch is done as this is not going to be a problem in practice.
For example, if an OOM causes an array parsing to fail, a follow-up code
path of pg_dump would most likely complain with an allocation failure
due to the memory pressure.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201111061319.GE2276@paquier.xyz
We don't actually need a lock to set PGPROC->statusFlags itself; what we
do need is a shared lock on either XidGenLock or ProcArrayLock in order to
ensure MyProc->pgxactoff keeps still while we modify the mirror array in
ProcGlobal->statusFlags. Some places were using an exclusive lock for
that, which is excessive. Relax those to use shared lock only.
procarray.c has a couple of places with somewhat brittle assumptions
about PGPROC changes: ProcArrayEndTransaction uses only shared lock, so
it's permissible to change MyProc only. On the other hand,
ProcArrayEndTransactionInternal also changes other procs, so it must
hold exclusive lock. Add asserts to ensure those assumptions continue
to hold.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201117155501.GA13805@alvherre.pgsql
- Test hashing of an array of a non-hashable element type.
- Test UNION [DISTINCT] with hash- and sort-based plans. (Previously,
only INTERSECT and EXCEPT where tested there.)
- Test UNION [DISTINCT] with a non-hashable column type. This
currently reverts to a sort-based plan even if enable_hashagg is on.
- Test UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT hash- and sort-based plans with arrays
as column types. Also test an array with a non-hashable element
type.
- Test UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT similarly with row types as column
types. Currently, this uses only sort-based plans because there is
no hashing support for row types.
- Add a test case that shows that recursive queries using UNION
[DISTINCT] require hashable column types.
- Add a currently failing test that uses UNION DISTINCT in a
cycle-detection use case using row types as column types.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/38eccd35-4e2d-6767-1b3c-dada1eac3124%402ndquadrant.com
Streamline handling of the various strategies that we have to avoid a
page split in nbtinsert.c. When it looks like a leaf page is about to
overflow, we now perform deleting LP_DEAD items and deduplication in one
central place. This greatly simplifies _bt_findinsertloc().
This has an independently useful consequence: nbtree no longer relies on
the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page level flag/hint for anything important. We
still set and unset the flag in the same way as before, but it's no
longer treated as a gating condition when considering if we should check
for already-set LP_DEAD bits. This happens at the point where the page
looks like it might have to be split anyway, so simply checking the
LP_DEAD bits in passing is practically free. This avoids missing
LP_DEAD bits just because the page-level hint is unset, which is
probably reasonably common (e.g. it happens when VACUUM unsets the
page-level flag without actually removing index tuples whose LP_DEAD-bit
was set recently, after the VACUUM operation began but before it reached
the leaf page in question).
Note that this isn't a big behavioral change compared to PostgreSQL 13.
We were already checking for set LP_DEAD bits regardless of whether the
BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page level flag was set before we considered doing a
deduplication pass. This commit only goes slightly further by doing the
same check for all indexes, even indexes where deduplication won't be
performed.
We don't completely remove the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE flag. We still rely on
it as a gating condition with pg_upgrade'd indexes from before B-tree
version 4/PostgreSQL 12. That makes sense because we sometimes have to
make a choice among pages full of duplicates when inserting a tuple with
pre version 4 indexes. It probably still pays to avoid accessing the
line pointer array of a page there, since it won't yet be clear whether
we'll insert on to the page in question at all, let alone split it as a
result.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz%3DYpc1PDdk8OVJDChGJBjT06%3DA0Mbv9HyTLCsOknGcUFg%40mail.gmail.com
Stop naming special area/opaque pointer variables 'lpageop' in contexts
where it doesn't make sense. This is a holdover from a time when logic
that performs tasks that are now spread across _bt_insertonpg(),
_bt_findinsertloc(), and _bt_split() was more centralized. 'lpageop'
denotes "left page", which doesn't make sense outside of contexts in
which there isn't also a right page.
Also acquire page flag variables up front within _bt_insertonpg(). This
makes it closer to _bt_split() following refactoring commit bc3087b626.
This allows the page split and retail insert paths to both make use of
the same variables.
In streaming mode, the transaction can be decoded in multiple streams and
those streams can be interleaved with streams of other transactions. So,
we can't remember the transaction's write status in the logical decoding
context because that might get changed due to some other transactions and
lead to wrong answers for 'skip-empty-xacts' option. We decided to keep
each transaction's write status in the ReorderBufferTxn to avoid
interleaved streams changing the status of some unrelated transactions.
Diagnosed-by: Amit Kapila
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LR7=XNM_TLmpZMFuV8ZQpoxkem--NZJYf8YXmesbvwLA@mail.gmail.com
Otherwise, if FDDEBUG is enabled, the debugging output fails because
it tries to read the fileName, which isn't set up yet (and should in
fact always be NULL).
AFAICT, this has been wrong since Berkeley. Before 96bf88d52,
it would accidentally fail to crash on platforms where snprintf()
is forgiving about being passed a NULL pointer for %s; but the
file name intended to be included in the debug output wouldn't
ever have shown up.
Report and fix by Greg Nancarrow. Although this is only visibly
broken in custom-made builds, it still seems worth back-patching
to all supported branches, as the FDDEBUG code is pretty useless
as it stands.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cUDgm9qYtC_B6XrC6MktMPNRby2p61EtSGZKnfotMArw@mail.gmail.com
Since this function is used as a CHECK constraint condition,
returning NULL is tantamount to returning TRUE, which would have the
effect of letting in a row that doesn't satisfy the hash condition.
Admittedly, the cases for which this is done should be unreachable
in practice, but that doesn't make it any less a bad idea. It also
seems like a dartboard was used to decide which error cases should
throw errors as opposed to returning NULL.
For the checks for NULL input values, I just switched it to returning
false. There's some argument that an error would be better; but the
case really should be can't-happen in a generated hash constraint,
so it's likely not worth more code for.
For the parent-relation-open-failure case, it seems like we might
as well let relation_open throw an error, instead of having an
impossible-to-diagnose constraint failure.
Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24067.1605134819@sss.pgh.pa.us
This was evidently missed in commit 6337865f3, which generally did
s/TRUE/true/ everywhere. It escaped notice up to now because ICU
versions before ICU 68 provided definitions of "TRUE" and "FALSE"
regardless. With ICU 68, it fails to compile.
Per report from Condor. Back-patch to v11 where 6337865f3 came in.
(I've not tested v10, where this call originated, but I imagine
it's fine since we defined TRUE in c.h back then.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7a6f3336165bfe3ca66abcda7966f9d0@stz-bg.com
This commit changes the startup process in the standby server so that
it handles the interrupt signals after waiting for wal_retrieve_retry_interval
on the latch and resetting it, before entering another wait on the latch.
This change causes the standby server to promptly handle interrupt signals.
Otherwise, previously, there was the case where the standby needs to
wait extra five seconds to shutdown when the shutdown request arrived
while the startup process was waiting for wal_retrieve_retry_interval
on the latch.
Author: Fujii Masao, but implementation idea is from Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Reviewed-by: Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7e6ab0-8a53-ddb9-63cd-289bcb25fe0e@oss.nttdata.com
When specified, WITH NO DATA does not insert any data into the relation
created, so skip checking for the insert permissions. With WITH DATA or
WITH NO DATA, it is always required for the user to have CREATE
privileges on the schema targeted for the relation.
Note that plain CREATE TABLE AS or CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW queries have
begun to work accidentally without INSERT privilege checks as of
874fe3ae, while using EXECUTE or EXPLAIN ANALYZE would fail with the ACL
check, so this makes the behavior for all the command flavors consistent
with each other. This is arguably a bug fix, but there have been no
complaints about the current behavior either so stable branches are not
changed.
While on it, document properly the privileges requirements for each
commands with more tests for all the scenarios possible, and avoid a
useless bulk-insert allocation when using WITH NO DATA.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWc3N8j0_9nMPz9wcAUnVcdKHzFdDZJ3hVFNEbqtcyG9w@mail.gmail.com
These flags should be independent: in particular an index AM should
be able to say that it supports include columns without necessarily
supporting multiple key columns. The included-columns patch got
this wrong, possibly aided by the fact that it didn't bother to
update the documentation.
While here, clarify some text about amcanreturn, which was a little
vague about what should happen when amcanreturn reports that only
some of the index columns are returnable.
Noted while reviewing the SP-GiST included-columns patch, which
quite incorrectly (and unsafely) changed SP-GiST to claim
amcanmulticol = true as a workaround for this bug.
Backpatch to v11 where included columns were introduced.
Only a basic logic bug in a _bt_insertonpg() caller could lead to a
violation of this invariant (index corruption won't do it). A "can't
happen" error seems inappropriate (it is arbitrary at best).
Demote the error to a simple assertion. This matches similar nearby
sanity checks.
Buildfarm members that lack both HAVE_LOCALE_T and USE_ICU have been
complaining about pg_newlocale_from_collation's collcollate variable.
This is evidently fallout from commit 7d1297df0, which removed the
only usage outside those two #ifdef'd code paths. Mark the variable
pg_attribute_unused(), like its sibling collctype, which has been that
way for a long time.
The test inserts a row in primary server, waits until the insertion has
been replicated to a cascaded standby, and checks that it's visible there
by querying the cascaded standby. In order for that to work reliably, the
test needs to wait until the insertion WAL record has been fully replayed.
This should fix the occasional buildfarm failures. Diagnosis by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/606796.1605424022@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is mostly straightforward. However, we disallow replacing
constraint triggers or changing the is-constraint property; perhaps
that can be added later, but the complexity versus benefit tradeoff
doesn't look very good.
Also, no special thought is taken here for whether replacing an
existing trigger should result in changes to queued-but-not-fired
trigger actions. We just document that if you're surprised by the
results, too bad, don't do that. (Note that any such pending trigger
activity would have to be within the current session.)
Takamichi Osumi, reviewed at various times by Surafel Temesgen,
Peter Smith, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0DDF369B45A1B44B8A687ED43F06557C010BC362@G01JPEXMBYT03
This provides a handy way to get, say, the last field of the string.
Use of a negative index in this way has precedent in the nearby
left() and right() functions.
The implementation scans the string twice when N < -1, but it seems
likely that N = -1 will be the huge majority of actual use cases,
so I'm not really excited about adding complexity to avoid that.
Nikhil Benesch, reviewed by Jacob Champion; cosmetic tweakage by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cbb7f861-6162-3a51-9823-97bc3aa0b638@gmail.com
This was marked as BYTEA, but is more like TEXT, which is how we already
pass the history timeline file name. Internally, we don't do any
encoding or bytea escape handling, but TEXT seems closest. This should
cause no behavioral change.
Reported-by: Brar Piening
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6a1b9cd9-17e3-df67-be55-86102af6bdf5@gmx.de
Backpatch-through: master
On Windows, a filename cannot contain backslashes, because a backslash
is used directory separator. Remove tests I added in commit 9c4f5192f
that tried to do that. We could perhaps use a SKIP block to only skip
them on Windows, but I'm not sure how exactly to formulate that, so just
remove the tests to make the buildfarm green again.
Per buildfarm.
Using a hot standby server as the source has not been possible, because
pg_rewind creates a temporary table in the source system, to hold the
list of file ranges that need to be fetched. Refactor it to queue up the
file fetch requests in pg_rewind's memory, so that the temporary table
is no longer needed.
Also update the logic to compute 'minRecoveryPoint' correctly, when the
source is a standby server.
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/0c5b3783-af52-3ee5-f8fa-6e794061f70d%40iki.fi
Commit 1e53fe0e70 changed background processes so that they use
standard SIGHUP handler. Like that, this commit makes walreceiver
use standard SIGHUP and SIGTERM handlers, to simplify the code.
As the side effect of this commit, walreceiver can wake up and process
the configuration files promptly when receiving SIGHUP. Because the
standard SIGHUP handler sets the latch. On the other hand, previously
there could be a time lag between the receipt of SIGHUP and
the process of configuration files since the dedicated handler didn't
set the latch.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy, tweaked by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXPorUqePswDtOeM_s82v9RW32E1fYmOPZ5NuE+TWKj_A@mail.gmail.com
Commit 6023b7ea71 allowed pg_stat_statements to track the number
of rows retrieved or affected by some utility commands including
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW. However it did not track the rowcount
of REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW. This commit allows pg_stat_statements
to track that.
To track that, this commit changes the query completion for
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW so that it saves the rowcount. But note that
the rowcount is still not displayed in the command completion tag output.
That is, the display_rowcount flag of CMDTAG_REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW
command tag is left false in cmdtaglist.h. Otherwise, the change of
completion tag output might break applications using it.
Author: Katsuragi Yuta, Seino Yuki
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/71f6bc72f8bbaa06e701f8bd2562c347@oss.nttdata.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/aadbfba9-e4bb-9531-6b3a-d13c31c8f4fe@oss.nttdata.com
Attempting to take a base backup with Postgres linking to a build of
OpenSSL with FIPS enabled currently fails with or even without a backup
manifest requested because of this mandatory SHA256 initialization used
for the manifest file itself. However, there is no need to do this
initialization at all if backup manifests are not needed because there
is no data to append to the manifest.
Note that being able to use backup manifests with OpenSSL+FIPS requires
a switch of the SHA2 implementation to use EVP, which would cause an ABI
breakage so this cannot be backpatched to 13 as it has been already
released, but at least avoiding this SHA256 initialization gives users
the possibility to take a base backup even when specifying --no-manifest
with pg_basebackup.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201110020014.GE1887@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 13
pg_nodiscard means the compiler should warn if the result of a
function call is ignored. The name "nodiscard" is chosen in alignment
with (possibly future) C and C++ standards. It maps to the GCC
attribute warn_unused_result.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e3753562-99cd-b65f-5aca-687dfd1ec2fc@2ndquadrant.com
Two cases violated list APIs by throwing away the return value. While
the code was technically correct, it relied on internal knowledge of
the list implementation, and the code wasn't really gaining anything
that way. It is planned to make this a compiler warning in the
future, so just fix these cases by assigning the return value
properly.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e3753562-99cd-b65f-5aca-687dfd1ec2fc@2ndquadrant.com
Introduce TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() to simplify callers
that would rather have the difference in milliseconds, instead of
the select()-oriented seconds-and-microseconds format. This gets
rid of at least one integer division per call, and it eliminates
some apparently-easy-to-mess-up arithmetic.
Two of these call sites were in fact wrong:
* pg_prewarm's autoprewarm_main() forgot to multiply the seconds
by 1000, thus ending up with a delay 1000X shorter than intended.
That doesn't quite make it a busy-wait, but close.
* postgres_fdw's pgfdw_get_cleanup_result() thought it needed to compute
microseconds not milliseconds, thus ending up with a delay 1000X longer
than intended. Somebody along the way had noticed this problem but
misdiagnosed the cause, and imposed an ad-hoc 60-second limit rather
than fixing the units. This was relatively harmless in context, because
we don't care that much about exactly how long this delay is; still,
it's wrong.
There are a few more callers of TimestampDifference() that don't
have a direct need for seconds-and-microseconds, but can't use
TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() either because they do need
microsecond precision or because they might possibly deal with
intervals long enough to overflow 32-bit milliseconds. It might be
worth inventing another API to improve that, but that seems outside
the scope of this patch; so those callers are untouched here.
Given the fact that we are fixing some bugs, and the likelihood
that future patches might want to back-patch code that uses this
new API, back-patch to all supported branches.
Alexey Kondratov and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3b1c053a21c07c1ed5e00be3b2b855ef@postgrespro.ru
Summarily changing the STYPE of regression-test aggregates that
depend on array_append or array_cat is an issue for the buildfarm's
cross-version-upgrade tests, because those aggregates (as defined
in the back branches) now won't load into HEAD. Although this seems
like only a minimal risk for genuine user-defined aggregates, we
need to do something for the buildfarm. Hence, adjust the aggregate
definitions, in both HEAD and the back branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1401824.1604537031@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1kaQ2c-0005lx-Eg@gemulon.postgresql.org
It's entirely possible to see WAL for a relation that doesn't exist in
the target anymore. That happens when the relation was dropped later.
The refactoring in commit eb00f1d4b broke that case, by sanity-checking
the file type in the target before checking the flag forwhether it
exists there at all.
I noticed this during manual testing. Modify the 001_basic.pl test so
that it covers this case.
LLVM 12, to be released in a few months, made some breaking changes to
the Orc JIT interface. OrcV2 eventually will make it easier to support
features like concurrent JIT compilation, but this commit only allows
to compile against LLVM 12.
This commit is a bit bigger than desirable. That partially is because
the V2 interface is more granular than V1 interface, but also because
I chose to make some minor changes to < LLVM 12 code to keep the code
somewhat readable.
The LLVM 12 support will need to be backpatched. I plan to do so after
the patch stewed on the buildfarm for a few days.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201016011244.pmyvr3ee2gbzplq4@alap3.anarazel.de
Remove a CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() call that could never actually handle an
interrupt. We always have a heap page buffer lock at this point.
Having a useless CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() call is harmless but misleading.
It is probably possible to work around the immediate problem by moving
the CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() to before the heap page buffer lock is
acquired. That isn't enough to make the function responsive to
interrupts, though. The index AM caller will still hold an exclusive
buffer lock of its own.
If an interactive psql session used \gset when querying a compromised
server, the attacker could execute arbitrary code as the operating
system account running psql. Using a prefix not found among specially
treated variables, e.g. every lowercase string, precluded the attack.
Fix by issuing a warning and setting no variable for the column in
question. Users wanting the old behavior can use a prefix and then a
meta-command like "\set HISTSIZE :prefix_HISTSIZE". Back-patch to 9.5
(all supported versions).
Reviewed by Robert Haas. Reported by Nick Cleaton.
Security: CVE-2020-25696
Specifically, this blocks DECLARE ... WITH HOLD and firing of deferred
triggers within index expressions and materialized view queries. An
attacker having permission to create non-temp objects in at least one
schema could execute arbitrary SQL functions under the identity of the
bootstrap superuser. One can work around the vulnerability by disabling
autovacuum and not manually running ANALYZE, CLUSTER, REINDEX, CREATE
INDEX, VACUUM FULL, or REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW. (Don't restore from
pg_dump, since it runs some of those commands.) Plain VACUUM (without
FULL) is safe, and all commands are fine when a trusted user owns the
target object. Performance may degrade quickly under this workaround,
however. Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Robert Haas. Reported by Etienne Stalmans.
Security: CVE-2020-25695
Coverity complained about a defect in commit 257836a7:
Calling "parsePGArray" without checking return value (as is
done elsewhere 11 out of 13 times).
Fix, and also check for empty strings explicitly (NULL as represented by
PQgetvalue()). That worked correctly before only because parsePGArray()
happens to set *nitems = 0 when it fails on an empty string. Also
convert a sanity check assertion to an error to be more paranoid, and
pgindent a nearby line.
Reported-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
This back-patches commit 20d3fe900 into the v12 and v13 branches.
At the time I thought that commit was not fixing any observable
bug, but Bertrand Drouvot showed otherwise: adding a dropped column
to the previously-considered scenario crashes v12 and v13, unless the
dropped column happens to be an integer. That is, of course, because
the tupdesc we derive from the plan output tlist fails to describe
the dropped column accurately, so that we'll do the wrong thing with
a tuple in which that column isn't NULL.
There is no bug in pre-v12 branches because they already did use
the table's real tuple descriptor for any trigger-returned tuple.
It seems that this set of bugs can be blamed on the changes that
removed es_trig_tuple_slot, though I've not attempted to pin that
down precisely.
Although there's no code change needed in HEAD, update the test case
to include a dropped column there too.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/db5d97c8-f48a-51e2-7b08-b73d5434d425@amazon.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16644-5da7ef98a7ac4545@postgresql.org
Commit 257836a7 included an assertion that a version lookup routine is
not trying to look up "C" or "POSIX", but that case is reachable with
the user-facing SQL function pg_collation_actual_version(). Remove the
assertion.
The description of how LP_DEAD bit setting by index scans works
following commit 2ed5b87f was rather unclear. Clean that up a bit.
Also refer to LP_DEAD bit setting within _bt_check_unique() at the start
of the same section. This mechanism may actually be more important than
the generic kill_prior_tuple mechanism that the section focuses on, so
it at least deserves to be mentioned in passing.
* Avoid pointlessly highlighting that an index vacuum was executed by a
parallel worker; user doesn't care.
* Don't give the impression that a non-concurrent reindex of an invalid
index on a TOAST table would work, because it wouldn't.
* Add a "translator:" comment for a mysterious message.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201107034943.GA16596@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
The buildfarm thinks this leads to memory stomps, though annoyingly
I can't duplicate that here. The existing code in strings.pgc is
doing something that doesn't seem to be sanctioned at all really
by the documentation, but I'm disinclined to try to make that nicer
right now. Let's just declare some more output variables in hopes
of working around it.
These were broken in multiple ways:
* The xbstart and xhstart lexer actions neglected to set
"state_before_str_start" before transitioning to the xb/xh states,
thus possibly resulting in "internal error: unreachable state" later.
* The test for valid string contents at the end of xb state was flat out
wrong, as it accounted incorrectly for the "b" prefix that the xbstart
action had injected. Meanwhile, the xh state had no such check at all.
* The generated literal value failed to include any quote marks.
* The grammar did the wrong thing anyway, typically ignoring the
literal value and emitting something else, since BCONST and XCONST
tokens were handled randomly differently from SCONST tokens.
The first of these problems is evidently an oversight in commit
7f380c59f, but the others seem to be very ancient. The lack of
complaints shows that ECPG users aren't using these syntaxes much
(although I do vaguely remember one previous complaint).
As written, this patch is dependent on 7f380c59f, so it can't go
back further than v13. Given the shortage of complaints, I'm not
excited about adapting the patch to prior branches.
Report and patch by Shenhao Wang (test case adjusted by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d6402f1bacb74ecba22ef715dbba17fd@G08CNEXMBPEKD06.g08.fujitsu.local
Move the system catalog index declarations from catalog/indexing.h to
the respective parent tables' catalog/pg_*.h files. The original
reason for having it split was that the old genbki system produced the
output in the order of the catalog files it read, so all the indexing
stuff needed to come separately. But this is no longer the case, and
keeping it together makes more sense.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c7cc82d6-f976-75d6-2e3e-b03d2cab26bb@2ndquadrant.com
Move the system catalog toast table declarations from
catalog/toasting.h to the respective parent tables' catalog/pg_*.h
files. The original reason for having it split was that the old
genbki system produced the output in the order of the catalog files it
read, so all the toasting stuff needed to come separately. But this
is no longer the case, and keeping it together makes more sense.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c7cc82d6-f976-75d6-2e3e-b03d2cab26bb@2ndquadrant.com
The list of indexes was being leaked when asked for an index that
doesn't have an index partition in the table partition. Not a common
case admittedly --and in most cases where it occurs, caller throws an
error anyway-- but worth fixing for cleanliness and in case any
third-party code is calling this function.
While at it, remove use of lfirst_oid() to obtain a value we already
have.
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201105203606.GF22691@telsasoft.com
This should have been done in the initial commit that made
unix_socket_directories a list as of c9b0cbe. This change allows to
support correctly the case of ALTER SYSTEM, where it is possible to
specify multiple paths as a list, like the following pattern where
flattening is applied to each item:
ALTER SYSTEM SET unix_socket_directories = '/path1', '/path2';
Any parameters specified in postgresql.conf are parsed the same way, so
there is no compatibility change. pg_dump has a hardcoded list of
parameters marked with GUC_LIST_QUOTE, that gets its routine update.
These are reordered alphabetically for clarity.
Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraunt, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=iMOtNY6_sUwV=LQVCJ2zgYHBDyNzVfvE5GN3WQ3v9kQg@mail.gmail.com
The table generation script would incorrectly complain in the
recomposition sorting when matching code points. This would not have
caused the generation of an incorrect table. Note that this condition
is not reachable yet, but could have been reached with future updates.
pg_bswap.h does not need to be included in the frontend.x
Author: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsGWmExpvv=61vtDKCs7+kBbhkwBDL2Ph9CacziFKnV_yw@mail.gmail.com
brin_form_tuple failed to consider the values may be toasted, inserting
the toast pointer into the index. This may easily result in index
corruption, as the toast data may be deleted and cleaned up by vacuum.
The cleanup however does not care about indexes, leaving invalid toast
pointers behind, which triggers errors like this:
ERROR: missing chunk number 0 for toast value 16433 in pg_toast_16426
A less severe consequence are inconsistent failures due to the index row
being too large, depending on whether brin_form_tuple operated on plain
or toasted version of the row. For example
CREATE TABLE t (val TEXT);
INSERT INTO t VALUES ('... long value ...')
CREATE INDEX idx ON t USING brin (val);
would likely succeed, as the row would likely include toast pointer.
Switching the order of INSERT and CREATE INDEX would likely fail:
ERROR: index row size 8712 exceeds maximum 8152 for index "idx"
because this happens before the row values are toasted.
The bug exists since PostgreSQL 9.5 where BRIN indexes were introduced.
So backpatch all the way back.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201001184133.oq5uq75sb45pu3aw@development
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201104010544.zexj52mlldagzowv%40development
Revert 59ab4ac32, as well as the followup fix 33862cb9c, in all
branches. We need to think a bit harder about what the behavior
of LOCK TABLE on views should be, and there's no time for that
before next week's releases. We'll take another crack at this
later.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16703-e348f58aab3cf6cc@postgresql.org
Revert 403a3d91c, as well as the followup fix 7f4235032, in all
branches. We need to think a bit harder about what the behavior
of LOCK TABLE on views should be, and there's no time for that
before next week's releases. We'll take another crack at this
later.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16703-e348f58aab3cf6cc@postgresql.org
Currently only OpenSSL requires this initialization, but in the future
other SSL implementations are likely to need it as well. Abstracting
this functionality out into a separate function makes this cleaner and
more clear, and also removes the dependency on OpenSSL headers from
fork_process.c.
OpenSSL is special in that we need to initialize this random number
generator even if we're not going to use it directly, until we drop
support for everything prior to OpenSSL 1.1.1. (And of course also if we
actually use it). All other implementations are left empty at this time,
but more are expected to be added in the future.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>, Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-By: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F6291C3C-747C-4C93-BCE0-28BB420B1FF5@yesql.se
There is no outright bug here but it is better to be consistent with the
usage at other places in the same file. In the passing, fix a wrong
assertion in pgstat_recv_replslot.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201104.175523.1704166915688949637.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
wal_consistency_checking indicated an inconsistency in certain cases
involving nbtree page deletion. The underlying issue is that there was
a minor difference between the page image produced after a REDO routine
ran and the corresponding page image following original execution.
This harmless inconsistency has been around forever. We more or less
expect total consistency among even deleted nbtree pages these days,
though, so this won't do anymore.
To fix, tweak the REDO routine to match original execution.
Oversight in commit f47b5e13.
LOCK TABLE has complained about "infinite recursion" when applied
to a self-referential view, ever since we made it recurse into views
in v11. However, that breaks pg_dump's new assumption that it's
okay to lock every relation. There doesn't seem to be any good
reason to throw an error: if we just abandon the recursion, we've
still satisfied the requirement of locking every referenced relation.
Per bug #16703 from Andrew Bille (via Alexander Lakhin).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16703-e348f58aab3cf6cc@postgresql.org
Logic for counting heap TIDs from posting list tuples (added by commit
0d861bbb) was faulty. It didn't count any TIDs/index tuples in the
event of no callback being set. This meant that we incorrectly counted
no index tuples in clean-up only VACUUMs, which could lead to
pg_class.reltuples being spuriously set to 0 in affected indexes.
To fix, go back to counting items from the page in cases where there is
no callback. This approach isn't very accurate, but it works well
enough in practice while avoiding the expense of accessing every index
tuple during cleanup-only VACUUMs.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reported-By: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
https://postgr.es/m/20201023174451.69e358f1@firost
Backpatch: 13-, where nbtree deduplication was introduced
Commit dee663f7 intended to drop any queued up fsync requests before
unlinking segment files, but missed a code path. Fix, by centralizing
the forget-and-unlink code into a single function.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201104013205.icogbi773przyny5%40development
float4_div and float8_div correctly produced zero for zero divided
by infinity, but threw an underflow error for nonzero finite values
divided by infinity. This seems wrong; at the very least it's
inconsistent with the behavior recently implemented for numeric
infinities. Remove the error and allow zero to be returned.
This patch also removes a useless isinf() test from the overflow
checks in these functions (non-Inf divided by Inf can't produce Inf).
Extracted from a larger patch; this seems significant outside the
context of geometric operators, so it deserves its own commit.
Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGf+fX70rWFOk5cd00uMfa__0yP+vtQg5ck7c2Onb-Yczp0URA@mail.gmail.com
Convert array_append, array_prepend, array_cat, array_position,
array_positions, array_remove, array_replace, and width_bucket
to use anycompatiblearray. This is a simple extension of commit
5c292e6b9 to hit some other places where there's a pretty obvious
gain in usability from doing so.
Ideally we'd also modify other functions taking multiple old-style
polymorphic arguments. But most of the remainder are tied into one
or more operator classes, making any such change a much larger can of
worms than I desire to open right now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77675130-89da-dab1-51dd-492c93dcf5d1@postgresfriends.org
This allows use of a "default" expression that doesn't slavishly
match the data column's type. Formerly you got something like
"function lag(numeric, integer, integer) does not exist", which
is not just unhelpful but actively misleading.
The SQL spec suggests that the default should be coerced to the data
column's type, but this implementation instead chooses the common
supertype, which seems at least as reasonable.
(Note: I took the opportunity to run "make reformat-dat-files" on
pg_proc.dat, so this commit includes some cosmetic changes to
recently-added entries that aren't related to lead/lag.)
Vik Fearing
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77675130-89da-dab1-51dd-492c93dcf5d1@postgresfriends.org
The SQL spec calls out nonstandard syntax for certain function calls,
for example substring() with numeric position info is supposed to be
spelled "SUBSTRING(string FROM start FOR count)". We accept many
of these things, but up to now would not print them in the same format,
instead simplifying down to "substring"(string, start, count).
That's long annoyed me because it creates an interoperability
problem: we're gratuitously injecting Postgres-specific syntax into
what might otherwise be a perfectly spec-compliant view definition.
However, the real reason for addressing it right now is to support
a planned change in the semantics of EXTRACT() a/k/a date_part().
When we switch that to returning numeric, we'll have the parser
translate EXTRACT() to some new function name (might as well be
"extract" if you ask me) and then teach ruleutils.c to reverse-list
that per SQL spec. In this way existing calls to date_part() will
continue to have the old semantics.
To implement this, invent a new CoercionForm value COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX,
and make the parser insert that rather than COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL when
the input has SQL-spec decoration. (But if the input has the form of
a plain function call, continue to mark it COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL, even
if it's calling one of these functions.) Then ruleutils.c recognizes
COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX as a cue to emit SQL call syntax. It can know
which decoration to emit using hard-wired knowledge about the
functions that could be called this way. (While this solution isn't
extensible without manual additions, neither is the grammar, so this
doesn't seem unmaintainable.) Notice that this solution will
reverse-list a function call with SQL decoration only if it was
entered that way; so dump-and-reload will not by itself produce any
changes in the appearance of views.
This requires adding a CoercionForm field to struct FuncCall.
(I couldn't resist the temptation to rearrange that struct's
field order a tad while I was at it.) FuncCall doesn't appear
in stored rules, so that change isn't a reason for a catversion
bump, but I did one anyway because the new enum value for
CoercionForm fields could confuse old backend code.
Possible future work:
* Perhaps CoercionForm should now be renamed to DisplayForm,
or something like that, to reflect its more general meaning.
This'd require touching a couple hundred places, so it's not
clear it's worth the code churn.
* The SQLValueFunction node type, which was invented partly for
the same goal of improving SQL-compatibility of view output,
could perhaps be replaced with regular function calls marked
with COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX. It's unclear if this would be a net
code savings, however.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/42b73d2d-da12-ba9f-570a-420e0cce19d9@phystech.edu
Gen_fmgrtab.pl treated aggregate functions the same as other built-in
functions, which is wasteful because there is no real need to have
entries for them in the fmgr_builtins[] table. Suppressing those
entries saves about 3KB in the compiled table on my machine; which
is not a lot but it's not nothing either, considering that that
table is pretty "hot". The only outside code change needed is
that ExecInitWindowAgg() can't be allowed to call fmgr_info_cxt()
on a plain aggregate function. But that saves a few cycles anyway.
Having done that, the aggregate_dummy() function is unreferenced
and might as well be dropped. Using "aggregate_dummy" as the prosrc
value for an aggregate is now just a documentation convention not
something that matters. There was some discussion of using NULL
instead to save a few bytes in pg_proc, but we'd have to remove
prosrc's BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL marking which doesn't seem a great idea.
Anyway, it's possible there's client-side code that expects to
see "aggregate_dummy" there, so I'm loath to change it without a
strong reason.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/533989.1604263665@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit ac22929a26 changed recoveryWakeupLatch so that it's reset to
NULL at the end of recovery. This change could cause a segmentation fault
in the buildfarm member 'elver'.
Previously the latch was reset to NULL after calling ShutdownWalRcv().
But there could be a window between ShutdownWalRcv() and the actual
exit of walreceiver. If walreceiver set the latch during that window,
the segmentation fault could happen.
To fix the issue, this commit changes walreceiver so that it sets
the latch only when the latch has not been reset to NULL yet.
Author: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5c1f8a85-747c-7bf9-241e-dd467d8a3586@iki.fi
hash_array_extended() needs to pass PG_GET_COLLATION() to the hash
function of the element type. Otherwise, the hash function of a
collation-aware data type such as text will error out, since the
introduction of nondeterministic collation made hash functions require
a collation, too.
The consequence of this is that before this change, hash partitioning
using an array over text in the partition key would not work.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/32c1fdae-95c6-5dc6-058a-a90330a3b621%40enterprisedb.com
This makes the abstraction of a "source" server more clear, by introducing
a common abstract class, borrowing the object-oriented programming term,
that represents all the operations that can be done on the source server.
There are two implementations of it, one for fetching via libpq, and
another to fetch from a local directory. This adds some code, but makes it
easier to understand what's going on.
The copy_executeFileMap() and libpq_executeFileMap() functions contained
basically the same logic, just calling different functions to fetch the
source files. Refactor so that the common logic is in one place, in a new
function called perform_rewind().
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/0c5b3783-af52-3ee5-f8fa-6e794061f70d%40iki.fi
Deciding what to do with each file is now a separate step after all the
necessary information has been gathered. It is more clear that way.
Previously, the decision-making was divided between process_source_file()
and process_target_file(), and it was a bit hard to piece together what
the overall rules were.
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/0c5b3783-af52-3ee5-f8fa-6e794061f70d%40iki.fi
This commit gets rid of the dedicated latch for signaling the startup
process in favor of using its procLatch, since that comports better
with possible generic signal handlers using that latch.
Commit 1e53fe0e70 changed background processes so that they use standard
SIGHUP handler. Like that, this commit also makes the startup process use
standard SIGHUP handler to simplify the code.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXPorUqePswDtOeM_s82v9RW32E1fYmOPZ5NuE+TWKj_A@mail.gmail.com
Accept that we can't get versions for such locale names for now. Users
will need to specify the newer language tag format to enable the
collation versioning feature. It's not clear that we can do automatic
conversion from the old style to the new style reliably enough for this
purpose.
Unfortunately, this means that collation versioning probably won't work
for the default collation unless you provide something like en-US at
initdb or CREATE DATABASE time (though, for reasons not yet understood,
it does seem to work on some systems). It'd be nice to find a better
solution, or document this quirk if we settle on it, but this should
unbreak the 3 failing build farm animals in the meantime.
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
When considering Incremental Sort below a Gather Merge, we need to be
a bit more careful when matching pathkeys to EC members. It's not enough
to find a member whose Vars are all in the current relation's target;
volatile expressions in particular need to be contained in the target,
otherwise it's too early to use the pathkey.
Reported-by: Jaime Casanova
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13, where the incremental sort code was added
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeNaxpXgBVcRhJX%2B2vSbq%2BF2kJqGBcvompmpvXb7pq%2BoFA%40mail.gmail.com
If the planner erroneously puts a non-parallel-safe SubPlan into
a parallelized portion of the query tree, nodeSubplan.c will fail
in the worker processes because it finds a null in es_subplanstates,
which it's unable to cope with. It seems worth a test-and-elog to
make that an error case rather than a core dump case.
This probably should have been included in commit 16ebab688, which
was responsible for allowing nulls to appear in es_subplanstates
to begin with. So, back-patch to v10 where that came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/924226.1604422326@sss.pgh.pa.us
The intention in commit 491c029db was to require superuserness to
change the BYPASSRLS property, but the actual effect of the coding
in AlterRole() was to require superuserness to change anything at all
about a BYPASSRLS role. Other properties of a BYPASSRLS role should
be changeable under the same rules as for a normal role, though.
Fix that, and also take care of some documentation omissions related
to BYPASSRLS and REPLICATION role properties.
Tom Lane and Stephen Frost, per bug report from Wolfgang Walther.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a5548a9f-89ee-3167-129d-162b5985fcf8@technowledgy.de
The current implementation cannot handle this correctly, so just
forbid it for now.
GENERATED clauses must be attached to the column definition and cannot
be added later like DEFAULT, so if a child table has a generation
expression that the parent does not have, the child column will
necessarily be an attlocal column. So to implement ALTER TABLE ONLY /
DROP EXPRESSION, we'd need extra code to update attislocal of the
direct child tables, somewhat similar to how DROP COLUMN does it, so
that the resulting state can be properly dumped and restored.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/15830.1575468847%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Remove old containment operators @ and ~ for built-in geometry data
types. These have been deprecated; use <@ and @> instead.
(Some contrib modules still contain the same deprecated operators.
That will be dealt with separately.)
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20201027032511.GF9241@telsasoft.com
Commit 3a9ae3d206 (back in 2006) deprecated TG_RELNAME
in favor of TG_TABLE_NAME, but the existing usage in test
cases has remained till today. Change to use TG_TABLE_NAME
instead (TG_RELNAME is still covered by a test case).
Commit d94c36a45a introduced error handling to sslinfo to handle
OpenSSL errors gracefully. This ports this errorhandling to the
backend TLS implementation.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
fill_hba_line() thought it could get away with passing sizeof(struct
sockaddr_storage) rather than the actual addrlen previously returned
by getaddrinfo(). While that appears to work on many platforms,
it does not work on FreeBSD 11: you get back a failure, which leads
to the view showing NULL for the address and netmask columns in all
rows. The POSIX spec for getnameinfo() is pretty clearly on
FreeBSD's side here: you should pass the actual address length.
So it seems plausible that there are other platforms where this
coding also fails, and we just hadn't noticed.
Also, IMO the fact that getnameinfo() failure leads to a NULL output
is pretty bogus in itself. Our pg_getnameinfo_all() wrapper is
careful to emit "???" on failure, and we should use that in such
cases. NULL should only be emitted in rows that don't have IP
addresses.
Per bug #16695 from Peter Vandivier. Back-patch to v10 where this
code was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16695-a665558e2f630be7@postgresql.org
make_ruledef() and make_viewdef() were coded to cope with possible
null-ness of these columns, but they've been marked BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL
for some time. So there's not really any need to do more than what
we do for the other columns of pg_rewrite, i.e. just Assert that
we got non-null results.
(There is a school of thought that says Asserts aren't the thing
to do to check for corrupt data, but surely here is not the place
to start if we want such a policy.)
Also, remove long-dead-if-indeed-it-ever-wasn't-dead handling of
an empty actions list in make_ruledef(). That's an error case
and should be treated as such. (DO INSTEAD NOTHING is represented
by a CMD_NOTHING Query, not an empty list; cf transformRuleStmt.)
Kyotaro Horiguchi, some changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQApoA=tMTic6xEPYP_hsNZ8XtToVThK_0x7D_aFQYowq3w@mail.gmail.com
Traditionally, the names of fmgroids.h macros for pg_proc OIDs
have been constructed from the prosrc field. But sometimes the
same C function underlies multiple pg_proc entries, forcing us
to make an arbitrary choice of which OID to reference; the other
entries are then not namable via fmgroids.h. Moreover, we could
not have macros at all for pg_proc entries that aren't for
C-coded functions.
Instead, use the proname field, and append the proargtypes field
(replacing inter-argument spaces with underscores) if proname is
not unique. Special-casing unique entries such as F_OIDEQ removes
the need to change a lot of code. Indeed, I can only find two
places in the tree that need to be adjusted; while this changes
quite a few existing entries in fmgroids.h, few of them are
referenced from C code.
With this patch, all entries in pg_proc.dat have macros in fmgroids.h.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/472274.1604258384@sss.pgh.pa.us
On detecting a corrupted match tag, pglz_decompress() should just
summarily return -1. Breaking out of the loop, as I did in dfc797730,
doesn't quite guarantee that will happen. Also, we can use
unlikely() on that check, just in case it helps.
Backpatch to v13, like the previous patch.
Some places were using PG_GETARG_UINT32 where PG_GETARG_TRANSACTIONID
would be more appropriate. (Of course, they are the same internally,
so there is no externally visible effect.) To do that, export
PG_GETARG_TRANSACTIONID outside of xid.c. We also export
PG_RETURN_TRANSACTIONID for symmetry, even though there are currently
no external users.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d8f6bdd536df403b9b33816e9f7e0b9d@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Record the current version of dependent collations in pg_depend when
creating or rebuilding an index. When accessing the index later, warn
that the index may be corrupted if the current version doesn't match.
Thanks to Douglas Doole, Peter Eisentraut, Christoph Berg, Laurenz Albe,
Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, Tom Lane and others for very helpful
discussion.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier versions)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
Provide a place for the version of referenced database objects to be
recorded. A follow-up commit will use this to record dependencies on
collation versions for indexes, but similar ideas for other kinds of
objects have also been mooted.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
This model couldn't be extended to cover the default collation, and
didn't have any information about the affected database objects when the
version changed. Remove, in preparation for a follow-up commit that
will add a new mechanism.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
This was broken recently by a929e17e5. I'd failed to remember that
parallel tests should have their EXPLAIN output run through the
explain_parallel_append function so that the output is stable when
parallel workers fail to start.
fairywren was first to notice.
Reported-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201102062951.GB15770@paquier.xyz
Logical replication protocol uses a single byte character to identify a
message type in logical replication protocol. The code uses string
literals for the same. Use Enum so that
1. All the string literals used can be found at a single place. This
makes it easy to add more types without the risk of conflicts.
2. It's easy to locate the code handling a given message type.
3. When used with switch statements, it is easy to identify the missing
cases using -Wswitch.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Andres Freund, Peter Smith and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAExHW5uPzQ7L0oAd_ENyvaiYMOPgkrAoJpE+ZY5-obdcVT6NPg@mail.gmail.com
Previously we only tagged on the required information to allow the
executor to perform run-time partition pruning for Append/MergeAppend
nodes belonging to base relations. It was thought that nested
Append/MergeAppend nodes were just about always pulled up into the
top-level Append/MergeAppend and that making the run-time pruning info for
any sub Append/MergeAppend nodes was a waste of time. However, that was
likely badly thought through.
Some examples of cases we're unable to pullup nested Append/MergeAppends
are: 1) Parallel Append nodes with a mix of parallel and non-parallel
paths into a Parallel Append. 2) When planning an ordered Append scan a
sub-partition which is unordered may require a nested MergeAppend path to
ensure sub-partitions don't mix up the order of tuples being fed into the
top-level Append.
Unfortunately, it was not just as simple as removing the lines in
createplan.c which were purposefully not building the run-time pruning
info for anything but RELOPT_BASEREL relations. The code in
add_paths_to_append_rel() was far too sloppy about which partitioned_rels
it included for the Append/MergeAppend paths. The original code there
would always assume accumulate_append_subpath() would pull each sub-Append
and sub-MergeAppend path into the top-level path. While it does not
appear that there were any actual bugs caused by having the additional
partitioned table RT indexes recorded, what it did mean is that later in
planning, when we built the run-time pruning info that we wasted effort
and built PartitionedRelPruneInfos for partitioned tables that we had no
subpaths for the executor to run-time prune.
Here we tighten that up so that partitioned_rels only ever contains the RT
index for partitioned tables which actually have subpaths in the given
Append/MergeAppend. We can now Assert that every PartitionedRelPruneInfo
has a non-empty present_parts. That should allow us to catch any weird
corner cases that have been missed.
In passing, it seems there is no longer a good reason to have the
AppendPath and MergeAppendPath's partitioned_rel fields a List of IntList.
We can simply have a List of Relids instead. This is more compact in
memory and faster to add new members to. We still know which is the root
level partition as these always have a lower relid than their children.
Previously this field was used for more things, but run-time partition
pruning now remains the only user of it and it has no need for a List of
IntLists.
Here we also get rid of the RelOptInfo partitioned_child_rels field. This
is what was previously used to (sometimes incorrectly) set the
Append/MergeAppend path's partitioned_rels field. That was the only usage
of that field, so we can happily just remove it.
I also couldn't resist changing some nearby code to make use of the newly
added for_each_from macro so we can skip the first element in the list
without checking if the current item was the first one on each
iteration.
A bug report from Andreas Kretschmer prompted all this work, however,
after some consideration, I'm not personally classing this as a bug fix.
So no backpatch. In Andreas' test case, it just wasn't that clear that
there was a nested Append since the top-level Append just had a single
sub-path which was pulled up a level, per 8edd0e794.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAApHDvqSchs%2BubdybcfFaSPB%2B%2BEA7kqMaoqajtP0GtZvzOOR3g%40mail.gmail.com
pglz_maximum_compressed_size() potentially underestimated the amount
of compressed data required to produce N bytes of decompressed data;
this is a fault in commit 11a078cf8.
Separately from that, pglz_decompress() failed to protect itself
against corrupt compressed data, particularly off == 0 in a match
tag. Commit c60e520f6 turned such a situation into an infinite loop,
where before it'd just have resulted in garbage output.
The combination of these two bugs seems like it may explain bug #16694
from Tom Vijlbrief, though it's impossible to be quite sure without
direct inspection of the failing session. (One needs to assume that
the pglz_maximum_compressed_size() bug caused us to fail to fetch the
second byte of a match tag, and what happened to be there instead was
a zero. The reported infinite loop is hard to explain without off == 0,
though.)
Aside from fixing the bugs, rewrite associated comments for more
clarity.
Back-patch to v13 where both these commits landed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16694-f107871e499ec114@postgresql.org
Although error results received from the backend should always have
a SQLSTATE field, ones generated by libpq won't, making this code
vulnerable to a crash after, say, untimely loss of connection.
Noted by Coverity.
Oversight in commit 403a3d91c. Back-patch to 9.5, as that was.
Statistics associated to an index got lost after running REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY, while the non-concurrent case preserves these correctly.
The concurrent and non-concurrent operations need to be consistent for
the end-user, and missing statistics would force to wait for a new
analyze to happen, which could take some time depending on the activity
of the existing autovacuum workers. This issue is fixed by copying any
existing entries in pg_statistic associated to the old index to the new
one. Note that this copy is already done with the data of the index in
the stats collector.
Reported-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Author: Michael Paquier, Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFcNs+qpFPmiHd1oTXvcPdvAHicJDA9qBUSujgAhUMJyUMb+SA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Certain background workers initiate parallel queries while
debug_query_string==NULL, at which point they attempted strlen(NULL) and
died to SIGSEGV. Older debug_query_string observers allow NULL, so do
likewise in these newer ones. Back-patch to v11, where commit
7de4a1bcc5 introduced the first of these.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201014022636.GA1962668@rfd.leadboat.com
Because of this, if you tried to create an operator family with the new
sortsupport function, you got an error:
ERROR: support function number 11 is invalid for access method gist
We missed this in commit 16fa9b2b30 that added the sortsupport function,
because it only added sortsupport to a built-in operator family.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3520A18A-5C38-4697-A2E3-F3BDE3496CD5%40yandex-team.ru
The timetz test cases I added in commit a9632830b were unintentionally
sensitive to whether or not DST is active in the PST8PDT time zone.
Thus, they'll start failing this coming weekend, as reported by
Bernhard M. Wiedemann in bug #16689. Fortunately, DST-awareness is
not significant to the purpose of these test cases, so we can just
force them all to PDT (DST hours) to preserve stability of the
results.
Back-patch to v10, as the prior patch was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16689-57701daa23b377bf@postgresql.org
On the same reasoning as in commit 36b931214, forbid using custom
oid_symbol macros in pg_type as well as pg_proc, so that we always
rely on the predictable macro names generated by genbki.pl.
We do continue to grant grandfather status to the names CASHOID and
LSNOID, although those are now considered deprecated aliases for the
preferred names MONEYOID and PG_LSNOID. This is because there's
likely to be client-side code using the old names, and this bout of
neatnik-ism doesn't quite seem worth breaking client code.
There might be a case for grandfathering EVTTRIGGEROID, too, since
externally-maintained PLs may reference that symbol. But renaming
such references to EVENT_TRIGGEROID doesn't seem like a particularly
heavy lift --- we make far more significant backend API changes in
every major release. For now I didn't add that, but we could
reconsider if there's pushback.
The other names changed here seem pretty unlikely to have any outside
uses. Again, we could add alias macros if there are complaints, but
for now I didn't.
As before, no need for a catversion bump.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsHpCbjfoddNGpnnnY5pHwckWfiYkMYSF74PmP1su0+ZOw@mail.gmail.com
When ComputeXidHorizons() was called before MyDatabaseOid is set,
e.g. because a dead row in a shared relation is encountered during
InitPostgres(), the horizon for normal tables was computed too
aggressively, ignoring all backends connected to a database.
During subsequent pruning in a data table the too aggressive horizon
could end up still being used, possibly leading to still needed tuples
being removed. Not good.
This is a bug in dc7420c2c9, which the test added in 94bc27b576 made
visible, if run with force_parallel_mode set to regress. In that case
the bug is reliably triggered, because "pruning_query" is run in a
parallel worker and the start of that parallel worker is likely to
encounter a dead row in pg_database.
The fix is trivial: Compute a more pessimistic data table horizon if
MyDatabaseId is not yet known.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201029040030.p4osrmaywhqaesd4@alap3.anarazel.de
This adds the statistics about transactions streamed to the decoding
output plugin from ReorderBuffer. Users can query the
pg_stat_replication_slots view to check these stats and call
pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset the stats of a particular slot.
Users can pass NULL in pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset stats of
all the slots.
Commit 9868167500 has added the basic infrastructure to capture the stats
of slot and this commit extends the statistics collector to track
additional information about slots.
Bump the catversion as we have added new columns in the catalog entry.
Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+chpEomLzgSoky-D31qev19AmECNiEAietPQUGEFhtVA@mail.gmail.com
This fixes a bug in the edge case where, for a temp table, heap_page_prune()
can end up with a different horizon than heap_vacuum_rel(). Which can trigger
errors like "ERROR: cannot freeze committed xmax ...".
The bug was introduced due to interaction of a7212be8b9 "Set cutoff xmin more
aggressively when vacuuming a temporary table." with dc7420c2c9 "snapshot
scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.".
The problem is caused by lazy_scan_heap() assuming that the only reason its
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() call would return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD is if the tuple is
a HOT tuple, or if the tuple's inserting transaction has aborted since the
heap_page_prune() call. But after a7212be8b9 that was also possible in other
cases for temp tables, because heap_page_prune() uses a different visibility
test after dc7420c2c9.
The fix is fairly simple: Move the special case logic for temp tables from
vacuum_set_xid_limits() to the infrastructure introduced in dc7420c2c9. That
ensures that the horizon used for pruning is at least as aggressive as the one
used by lazy_scan_heap(). The concrete horizon used for temp tables is
slightly different than the logic in dc7420c2c9, but should always be as
aggressive as before (see comments).
A significant benefit to centralizing the logic procarray.c is that now the
more aggressive horizons for temp tables does not just apply to VACUUM but
also to e.g. HOT pruning and the nbtree killtuples logic.
Because isTopLevel is not needed by vacuum_set_xid_limits() anymore, I
undid the the related changes from a7212be8b9.
This commit also adds an isolation test ensuring that the more aggressive
vacuuming and pruning of temp tables keeps working.
Debugged-By: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Debugged-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Debugged-By: Ashutosh Sharma <ashu.coek88@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201014203103.72oke6hqywcyhx7s@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201015083735.derdzysdtqdvxshp@alap3.anarazel.de